]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
11a5fca6188654343ca0ba4d4b799dace9b0ba16
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38
39 @quotation
40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
45 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
47
48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
51 @acronym{GNU} development.''
52 @end quotation
53 @end copying
54
55 @dircategory Software development
56 @direntry
57 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
58 @end direntry
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title Bison
62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
64
65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
66
67 @page
68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
69 @insertcopying
70 @sp 2
71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
73 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
76 @sp 2
77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
78 @end titlepage
79
80 @contents
81
82 @ifnottex
83 @node Top
84 @top Bison
85 @insertcopying
86 @end ifnottex
87
88 @menu
89 * Introduction::
90 * Conditions::
91 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
92 how you can copy and share Bison
93
94 Tutorial sections:
95 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
96 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
97
98 Reference sections:
99 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
100 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
101 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
102 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
103 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
104 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
105 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
106 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
107 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
108 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
109 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
110 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
111 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
112 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
113
114 @detailmenu
115 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
116
117 The Concepts of Bison
118
119 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
120 as mathematical ideas.
121 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
122 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
123 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
124 the name of an identifier, etc.).
125 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
126 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
127 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
128 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
129 how is the output used?
130 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
131 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
132
133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
134
135 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
136 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
137 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
138 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
139
140 Examples
141
142 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
143 a first example with no operator precedence.
144 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
145 Operator precedence is introduced.
146 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
148 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
149 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
150 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
151
152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
153
154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
157 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
158 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
161
162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
163
164 * Rpcalc Input::
165 * Rpcalc Line::
166 * Rpcalc Expr::
167
168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
169
170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
173
174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
175
176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
179
180 Bison Grammar Files
181
182 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
183 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
184 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
185 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
186 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
187 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
188 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
189 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
190
191 Outline of a Bison Grammar
192
193 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
194 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
195 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
196 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
197 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
198
199 Defining Language Semantics
200
201 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
202 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
203 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
204 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
205 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
206 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
207 action in the middle of a rule.
208
209 Tracking Locations
210
211 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
212 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
213 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
214
215 Bison Declarations
216
217 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
218 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
219 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
220 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
221 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
222 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
223 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
224 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
225 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
226 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
227 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
228
229 Parser C-Language Interface
230
231 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
232 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
233 which reads tokens.
234 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
235 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
236 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
237 native language.
238
239 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
240
241 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
242 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
243 of the token it has read.
244 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
245 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
246 actions want that.
247 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
248 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
249
250 The Bison Parser Algorithm
251
252 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
253 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
254 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
255 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
256 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
257 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
258 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
259 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
260 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
261
262 Operator Precedence
263
264 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
265 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
266 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
267 * How Precedence:: How they work.
268
269 Handling Context Dependencies
270
271 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
272 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
273 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
274 error recovery rules must be written.
275
276 Debugging Your Parser
277
278 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
279 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
280
281 Invoking Bison
282
283 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
284 in alphabetical order by short options.
285 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
286 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
287
288 C++ Language Interface
289
290 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
291 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
292
293 C++ Parsers
294
295 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
296 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
297 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
298 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
299 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
300
301 A Complete C++ Example
302
303 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
304 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
305 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
306 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
307 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
308
309 Frequently Asked Questions
310
311 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
312 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
313 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
314 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
315 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
316 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
317 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
318 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
319 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
320 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
321 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
322 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
323
324 Copying This Manual
325
326 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
327
328 @end detailmenu
329 @end menu
330
331 @node Introduction
332 @unnumbered Introduction
333 @cindex introduction
334
335 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
336 annotated context-free grammar into an @acronym{LALR}(1) or
337 @acronym{GLR} parser for that grammar. Once you are proficient with
338 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
339 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
340
341 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
342 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
343 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
344 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
345
346 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
347 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
348 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
349 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
350
351 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
352 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
353 multi-character string literals and other features.
354
355 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
356
357 @node Conditions
358 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
359
360 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
361 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
362 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
363 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
364 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
365
366 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
367 compiler, have never
368 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
369 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
370 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
371 License to all of the Bison source code.
372
373 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
374 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
375 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
376 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
377 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
378 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
379 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
380
381 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
382 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
383 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
384 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
385 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
386 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
387
388 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
389 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
390 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
391 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
392 exception.
393
394 @include gpl.texi
395
396 @node Concepts
397 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
398
399 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
400 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
401 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
402
403 @menu
404 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
405 as mathematical ideas.
406 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
407 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
408 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
409 the name of an identifier, etc.).
410 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
411 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
412 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
413 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
414 how is the output used?
415 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
416 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
417 @end menu
418
419 @node Language and Grammar
420 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
421
422 @cindex context-free grammar
423 @cindex grammar, context-free
424 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
425 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
426 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
427 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
428 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
429 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
430 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
431 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
432 recursion.
433
434 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
435 @cindex Backus-Naur form
436 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
437 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
438 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
439 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
440 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
441
442 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
443 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
444 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
445 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
446 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
447 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
448 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
449 token of lookahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
450 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
451 restrictions that are
452 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
453 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
454 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
455 more information on this.
456
457 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
458 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
459 @cindex ambiguous grammars
460 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
461
462 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
463 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
464 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
465 (called a @dfn{lookahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
466 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
467 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
468 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
469 lookahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
470 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
471 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
472 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
473 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
474 possible parses of any given string is finite.
475
476 @cindex symbols (abstract)
477 @cindex token
478 @cindex syntactic grouping
479 @cindex grouping, syntactic
480 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
481 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
482 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
483 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
484 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
485 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
486 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
487
488 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
489 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
490 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
491 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
492 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
493 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
494 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
495 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
496 lexicography, not grammar.)
497
498 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
499
500 @ifinfo
501 @example
502 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
503 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
504 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
505 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
506 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
507 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
508 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
509 @end example
510 @end ifinfo
511 @ifnotinfo
512 @example
513 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
514 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
515 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
516 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
517 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
518 @end example
519 @end ifnotinfo
520
521 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
522 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
523 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
524 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
525 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
526 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
527 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
528 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
529
530 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
531 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
532 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
533 reads informally as follows:
534
535 @quotation
536 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
537 `semicolon'.
538 @end quotation
539
540 @noindent
541 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
542 statement in C.
543
544 @cindex start symbol
545 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
546 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
547 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
548 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
549 plays this role.
550
551 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
552 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
553 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
554 not the start symbol.
555
556 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
557 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
558 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
559 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
560 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
561 reports a syntax error.
562
563 @node Grammar in Bison
564 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
565 @cindex Bison grammar
566 @cindex grammar, Bison
567 @cindex formal grammar
568
569 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
570 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
571 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
572
573 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
574 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
575 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
576
577 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
578 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
579 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
580 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
581 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
582 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
583 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
584 @xref{Symbols}.
585
586 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
587 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
588 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
589 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
590
591 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
592 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
593
594 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
595 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
596 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
597 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
598 used in every rule.
599
600 @example
601 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
602 ;
603 @end example
604
605 @noindent
606 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
607
608 @node Semantic Values
609 @section Semantic Values
610 @cindex semantic value
611 @cindex value, semantic
612
613 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
614 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
615 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
616 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
617 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
618 grammatical.
619
620 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
621 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
622 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
623 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
624 ,Defining Language Semantics},
625 for details.
626
627 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
628 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
629 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
630 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
631 except their types.
632
633 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
634 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
635 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
636 need to have any semantic value.)
637
638 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
639 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
640 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
641 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
642 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
643 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
644
645 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
646 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
647 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
648 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
649 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
650
651 @node Semantic Actions
652 @section Semantic Actions
653 @cindex semantic actions
654 @cindex actions, semantic
655
656 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
657 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
658 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
659 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
660 @xref{Actions}.
661
662 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
663 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
664 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
665 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
666 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
667 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
668 newly recognized larger expression.
669
670 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
671 two subexpressions:
672
673 @example
674 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
675 ;
676 @end example
677
678 @noindent
679 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
680 from the values of the two subexpressions.
681
682 @node GLR Parsers
683 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
684 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
685 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
686 @findex %glr-parser
687 @cindex conflicts
688 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
689 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
690
691 In some grammars, Bison's standard
692 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
693 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
694 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
695 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
696 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
697 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
698 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
699 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
700
701 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
702 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
703 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
704 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
705 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
706 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
707 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
708 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
709 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
710 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
711 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
712 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
713 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
714 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
715 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
716 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
717 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
718 identical set of symbols.
719
720 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
721 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
722 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
723 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
724 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
725 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
726 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
727 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
728 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
729 merged result.
730
731 @menu
732 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
733 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
734 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
735 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
736 @end menu
737
738 @node Simple GLR Parsers
739 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
740 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
741 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
742 @findex %glr-parser
743 @findex %expect-rr
744 @cindex conflicts
745 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
746 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
747
748 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
749 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
750 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of lookahead,
751 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
752 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
753 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
754
755 Consider a problem that
756 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
757 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
758
759 @example
760 type subrange = lo .. hi;
761 type enum = (a, b, c);
762 @end example
763
764 @noindent
765 The original language standard allows only numeric
766 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
767 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
768 10206) and many other
769 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
770 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
771 parentheses:
772
773 @example
774 type subrange = (a) .. b;
775 @end example
776
777 @noindent
778 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
779 type with only one value:
780
781 @example
782 type enum = (a);
783 @end example
784
785 @noindent
786 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
787 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
788
789 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
790 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token lookahead it is not
791 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
792 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
793 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
794 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
795 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
796 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
797
798 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
799 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
800 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
801 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
802 expressions.
803
804 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
805 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
806 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
807 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
808 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
809 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
810 work.
811
812 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
813 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
814 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
815 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
816 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
817 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
818 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
819 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
820 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
821 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
822 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
823
824 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
825 reports a syntax error as usual.
826
827 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
828 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
829 lookahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
830 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
831 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
832
833 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
834 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
835 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
836 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
837 The present example contains only one conflict between two
838 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
839 cannot be nested. So the number of
840 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
841 and the parsing time is still linear.
842
843 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
844 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
845
846 @example
847 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
848
849 @group
850 %left '+' '-'
851 %left '*' '/'
852 @end group
853
854 %%
855
856 @group
857 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
858 ;
859 @end group
860
861 @group
862 type : '(' id_list ')'
863 | expr DOTDOT expr
864 ;
865 @end group
866
867 @group
868 id_list : ID
869 | id_list ',' ID
870 ;
871 @end group
872
873 @group
874 expr : '(' expr ')'
875 | expr '+' expr
876 | expr '-' expr
877 | expr '*' expr
878 | expr '/' expr
879 | ID
880 ;
881 @end group
882 @end example
883
884 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
885 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
886 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
887 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
888 recognized:
889
890 @example
891 type t = (a) .. b;
892 @end example
893
894 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
895 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
896 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
897 @samp{%%}):
898
899 @example
900 %glr-parser
901 %expect-rr 1
902 @end example
903
904 @noindent
905 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
906 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
907 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
908 notice when the parser splits.
909
910 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
911 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
912 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
913 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
914 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
915 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
916 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
917 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
918 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
919 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
920 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
921 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
922 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
923 correctness.
924
925 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
926 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
927 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
928 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
929 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
930 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
931
932 @node Merging GLR Parses
933 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
934 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
935 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
936 @findex %dprec
937 @findex %merge
938 @cindex conflicts
939 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
940
941 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
942
943 @example
944 %@{
945 #include <stdio.h>
946 #define YYSTYPE char const *
947 int yylex (void);
948 void yyerror (char const *);
949 %@}
950
951 %token TYPENAME ID
952
953 %right '='
954 %left '+'
955
956 %glr-parser
957
958 %%
959
960 prog :
961 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
962 ;
963
964 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
965 | decl %dprec 2
966 ;
967
968 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
969 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
970 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
971 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
972 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
973 ;
974
975 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
976 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
977 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
978 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
979 ;
980
981 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
982 | '(' declarator ')'
983 ;
984 @end example
985
986 @noindent
987 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
988 certain declarations and statements. For example,
989
990 @example
991 T (x) = y+z;
992 @end example
993
994 @noindent
995 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
996 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
997 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
998 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
999 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1000 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1001 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1002 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1003 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1004 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1005 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1006 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1007 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1008 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1009
1010 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1011 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1012 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1013 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1014 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1015 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1016 The parser therefore prints
1017
1018 @example
1019 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1020 @end example
1021
1022 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1023 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1024
1025 @example
1026 T (x) + y;
1027 @end example
1028
1029 @noindent
1030 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1031 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1032 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1033 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1034 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1035 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1036 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1037 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1038 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1039 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1040
1041 @example
1042 x T <cast> y +
1043 @end example
1044
1045 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1046 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1047 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1048 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1049 follows:
1050
1051 @example
1052 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1053 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1054 ;
1055 @end example
1056
1057 @noindent
1058 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1059
1060 @example
1061 static YYSTYPE
1062 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1063 @{
1064 printf ("<OR> ");
1065 return "";
1066 @}
1067 @end example
1068
1069 @noindent
1070 with an accompanying forward declaration
1071 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1072
1073 @example
1074 %@{
1075 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1076 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1077 %@}
1078 @end example
1079
1080 @noindent
1081 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1082 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1083
1084 @example
1085 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1086 @end example
1087
1088 Bison requires that all of the
1089 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1090 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1091 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1092 the offending merge.
1093
1094 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1095 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1096
1097 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1098 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1099 the associated reduction.
1100 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1101 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1102
1103 @vindex yychar
1104 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1105 @vindex yylval
1106 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1107 @vindex yylloc
1108 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1109 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1110 the lookahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1111 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1112 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1113 lookahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1114 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1115 influence syntax analysis.
1116 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
1117
1118 @findex yyclearin
1119 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1120 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1121 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1122 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1123 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1124 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1125 future versions of Bison.
1126 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1127 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1128 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1129
1130 @findex YYERROR
1131 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1132 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1133 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1134 initiate error recovery.
1135 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1136 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1137 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1138 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1139
1140 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1141 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1142
1143 @node Compiler Requirements
1144 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1145 @cindex @code{inline}
1146 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1147
1148 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1149 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1150 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1151 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1152 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1153 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1154
1155 @example
1156 %@{
1157 #include <config.h>
1158 %@}
1159 @end example
1160
1161 @noindent
1162 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1163
1164 @example
1165 %@{
1166 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1167 #define inline
1168 #endif
1169 %@}
1170 @end example
1171
1172 @node Locations Overview
1173 @section Locations
1174 @cindex location
1175 @cindex textual location
1176 @cindex location, textual
1177
1178 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1179 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1180 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1181 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1182
1183 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1184 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1185 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1186 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1187
1188 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1189 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1190 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1191 @code{@@3}.
1192
1193 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1194 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1195 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1196 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1197 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1198 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1199 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1200
1201 @node Bison Parser
1202 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1203 @cindex Bison parser
1204 @cindex Bison utility
1205 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1206 @cindex parser
1207
1208 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1209 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1210 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1211 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1212 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1213 program.
1214
1215 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1216 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1217 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1218 uses.
1219
1220 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1221 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1222 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1223 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1224 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1225 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1226 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1227
1228 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1229 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1230 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1231 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1232 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1233 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1234 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1235 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1236
1237 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1238 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1239 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1240 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1241 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1242 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1243 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1244 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1245 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1246 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1247 meanings.
1248
1249 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1250 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1251 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1252 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1253 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1254 included if message translation is in use
1255 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1256 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1257 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1258
1259 @node Stages
1260 @section Stages in Using Bison
1261 @cindex stages in using Bison
1262 @cindex using Bison
1263
1264 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1265 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1266
1267 @enumerate
1268 @item
1269 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1270 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1271 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1272 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1273 sequence of C statements.
1274
1275 @item
1276 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1277 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1278 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1279 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1280
1281 @item
1282 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1283
1284 @item
1285 Write error-reporting routines.
1286 @end enumerate
1287
1288 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1289 must follow these steps:
1290
1291 @enumerate
1292 @item
1293 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1294
1295 @item
1296 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1297
1298 @item
1299 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1300 @end enumerate
1301
1302 @node Grammar Layout
1303 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1304 @cindex grammar file
1305 @cindex file format
1306 @cindex format of grammar file
1307 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1308
1309 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1310 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1311
1312 @example
1313 %@{
1314 @var{Prologue}
1315 %@}
1316
1317 @var{Bison declarations}
1318
1319 %%
1320 @var{Grammar rules}
1321 %%
1322 @var{Epilogue}
1323 @end example
1324
1325 @noindent
1326 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1327 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1328
1329 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1330 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1331 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1332 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1333 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1334 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1335
1336 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1337 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1338 semantic values of various symbols.
1339
1340 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1341 parts.
1342
1343 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1344 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1345 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1346
1347 @node Examples
1348 @chapter Examples
1349 @cindex simple examples
1350 @cindex examples, simple
1351
1352 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1353 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1354 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1355 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1356 desk-top calculator.
1357
1358 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1359 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1360 source file to try them.
1361
1362 @menu
1363 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1364 a first example with no operator precedence.
1365 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1366 Operator precedence is introduced.
1367 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1368 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1369 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1370 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1371 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1372 @end menu
1373
1374 @node RPN Calc
1375 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1376 @cindex reverse polish notation
1377 @cindex polish notation calculator
1378 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1379 @cindex calculator, simple
1380
1381 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1382 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1383 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1384 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1385
1386 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1387 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1388
1389 @menu
1390 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1391 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1392 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1393 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1394 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1395 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1396 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1397 @end menu
1398
1399 @node Rpcalc Decls
1400 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1401
1402 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1403 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1404
1405 @example
1406 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1407
1408 %@{
1409 #define YYSTYPE double
1410 #include <math.h>
1411 int yylex (void);
1412 void yyerror (char const *);
1413 %@}
1414
1415 %token NUM
1416
1417 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1418 @end example
1419
1420 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1421 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1422
1423 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1424 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1425 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1426 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1427 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1428 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1429 which is a floating point number.
1430
1431 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1432 function @code{pow}.
1433
1434 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1435 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1436 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1437 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1438 prologue.
1439
1440 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1441 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1442 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1443 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1444 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1445 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1446 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1447 type for numeric constants.
1448
1449 @node Rpcalc Rules
1450 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1451
1452 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1453
1454 @example
1455 input: /* empty */
1456 | input line
1457 ;
1458
1459 line: '\n'
1460 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1461 ;
1462
1463 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1464 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1465 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1466 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1467 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1468 /* Exponentiation */
1469 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1470 /* Unary minus */
1471 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1472 ;
1473 %%
1474 @end example
1475
1476 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1477 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1478 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1479 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1480 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1481 mean.
1482
1483 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1484 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1485 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1486
1487 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1488 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1489 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1490 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1491 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1492 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1493
1494 @menu
1495 * Rpcalc Input::
1496 * Rpcalc Line::
1497 * Rpcalc Expr::
1498 @end menu
1499
1500 @node Rpcalc Input
1501 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1502
1503 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1504
1505 @example
1506 input: /* empty */
1507 | input line
1508 ;
1509 @end example
1510
1511 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1512 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1513 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1514 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1515 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1516
1517 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1518 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1519 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1520 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1521 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1522 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1523
1524 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1525 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1526 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1527 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1528 more times.
1529
1530 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1531 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1532 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1533
1534 @node Rpcalc Line
1535 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1536
1537 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1538
1539 @example
1540 line: '\n'
1541 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1542 ;
1543 @end example
1544
1545 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1546 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1547 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1548 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1549 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1550 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1551 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1552
1553 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1554 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1555 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1556 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1557 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1558
1559 @node Rpcalc Expr
1560 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1561
1562 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1563 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1564 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1565 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1566
1567 @example
1568 exp: NUM
1569 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1570 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1571 @dots{}
1572 ;
1573 @end example
1574
1575 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1576 equally well have written them separately:
1577
1578 @example
1579 exp: NUM ;
1580 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1581 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1582 @dots{}
1583 @end example
1584
1585 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1586 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1587 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1588 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1589 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1590 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1591 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1592 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1593
1594 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1595 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1596 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1597
1598 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1599 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1600 For example, this:
1601
1602 @example
1603 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1604 @end example
1605
1606 @noindent
1607 means the same thing as this:
1608
1609 @example
1610 exp: NUM
1611 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1612 | @dots{}
1613 ;
1614 @end example
1615
1616 @noindent
1617 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1618
1619 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1620 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1621 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1622 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1623
1624 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1625 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1626 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1627 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1628
1629 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1630 calculator. This
1631 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1632 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1633 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1634 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1635
1636 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1637 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1638 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1639 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1640 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1641 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1642 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1643 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1644 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1645
1646 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1647 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1648 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1649 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1650 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1651
1652 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1653 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1654
1655 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1656
1657 @example
1658 @group
1659 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1660 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1661 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1662 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1663
1664 #include <ctype.h>
1665 @end group
1666
1667 @group
1668 int
1669 yylex (void)
1670 @{
1671 int c;
1672
1673 /* Skip white space. */
1674 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1675 ;
1676 @end group
1677 @group
1678 /* Process numbers. */
1679 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1680 @{
1681 ungetc (c, stdin);
1682 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1683 return NUM;
1684 @}
1685 @end group
1686 @group
1687 /* Return end-of-input. */
1688 if (c == EOF)
1689 return 0;
1690 /* Return a single char. */
1691 return c;
1692 @}
1693 @end group
1694 @end example
1695
1696 @node Rpcalc Main
1697 @subsection The Controlling Function
1698 @cindex controlling function
1699 @cindex main function in simple example
1700
1701 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1702 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1703 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1704
1705 @example
1706 @group
1707 int
1708 main (void)
1709 @{
1710 return yyparse ();
1711 @}
1712 @end group
1713 @end example
1714
1715 @node Rpcalc Error
1716 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1717 @cindex error reporting routine
1718
1719 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1720 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1721 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1722 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1723 here is the definition we will use:
1724
1725 @example
1726 @group
1727 #include <stdio.h>
1728
1729 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1730 void
1731 yyerror (char const *s)
1732 @{
1733 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1734 @}
1735 @end group
1736 @end example
1737
1738 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1739 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1740 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1741 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1742 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1743 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1744
1745 @node Rpcalc Gen
1746 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1747 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1748
1749 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1750 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1751 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1752 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1753 end, in the epilogue of the file
1754 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1755
1756 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1757 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1758
1759 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1760 convert it into a parser file:
1761
1762 @example
1763 bison @var{file}.y
1764 @end example
1765
1766 @noindent
1767 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1768 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1769 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1770 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1771 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1772 are copied verbatim to the output.
1773
1774 @node Rpcalc Compile
1775 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1776 @cindex compiling the parser
1777
1778 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1779
1780 @example
1781 @group
1782 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1783 $ @kbd{ls}
1784 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1785 @end group
1786
1787 @group
1788 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1789 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1790 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1791 @end group
1792
1793 @group
1794 # @r{List files again.}
1795 $ @kbd{ls}
1796 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1797 @end group
1798 @end example
1799
1800 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1801 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1802
1803 @example
1804 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1805 @kbd{4 9 +}
1806 13
1807 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1808 -13
1809 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1810 13
1811 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1812 -3.166666667
1813 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1814 81
1815 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1816 $
1817 @end example
1818
1819 @node Infix Calc
1820 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1821 @cindex infix notation calculator
1822 @cindex @code{calc}
1823 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1824
1825 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1826 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1827 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1828 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1829
1830 @example
1831 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1832
1833 %@{
1834 #define YYSTYPE double
1835 #include <math.h>
1836 #include <stdio.h>
1837 int yylex (void);
1838 void yyerror (char const *);
1839 %@}
1840
1841 /* Bison declarations. */
1842 %token NUM
1843 %left '-' '+'
1844 %left '*' '/'
1845 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1846 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1847
1848 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1849 input: /* empty */
1850 | input line
1851 ;
1852
1853 line: '\n'
1854 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1855 ;
1856
1857 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1858 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1859 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1860 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1861 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1862 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1863 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1864 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1865 ;
1866 %%
1867 @end example
1868
1869 @noindent
1870 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1871 same as before.
1872
1873 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1874
1875 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1876 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1877 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1878 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1879 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1880 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1881 the associativity.)
1882
1883 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1884 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1885 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1886 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1887 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1888 Precedence}.
1889
1890 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1891 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1892 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1893 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1894 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1895
1896 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1897
1898 @need 500
1899 @example
1900 $ @kbd{calc}
1901 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1902 6.880952381
1903 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1904 -54
1905 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1906 9
1907 @end example
1908
1909 @node Simple Error Recovery
1910 @section Simple Error Recovery
1911 @cindex error recovery, simple
1912
1913 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1914 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1915 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1916 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1917 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1918 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1919
1920 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1921 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1922 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1923
1924 @example
1925 @group
1926 line: '\n'
1927 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1928 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1929 ;
1930 @end group
1931 @end example
1932
1933 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1934 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1935 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1936 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1937 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1938 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1939 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1940 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1941 misprint.
1942
1943 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1944 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1945 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1946 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1947 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1948 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1949 Bison programs.
1950
1951 @node Location Tracking Calc
1952 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1953 @cindex location tracking calculator
1954 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1955 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1956
1957 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1958 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1959 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1960 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1961 analyzer.
1962
1963 @menu
1964 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1965 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1966 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1967 @end menu
1968
1969 @node Ltcalc Decls
1970 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1971
1972 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1973 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1974
1975 @example
1976 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1977
1978 %@{
1979 #define YYSTYPE int
1980 #include <math.h>
1981 int yylex (void);
1982 void yyerror (char const *);
1983 %@}
1984
1985 /* Bison declarations. */
1986 %token NUM
1987
1988 %left '-' '+'
1989 %left '*' '/'
1990 %left NEG
1991 %right '^'
1992
1993 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1994 @end example
1995
1996 @noindent
1997 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1998 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1999 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
2000 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2001 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2002 @code{last_column}. By conventions, and in accordance with the GNU
2003 Coding Standards and common practice, the line and column count both
2004 start at 1.
2005
2006 @node Ltcalc Rules
2007 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2008
2009 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2010 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2011 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2012 from the new information.
2013
2014 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2015 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2016
2017 @example
2018 @group
2019 input : /* empty */
2020 | input line
2021 ;
2022 @end group
2023
2024 @group
2025 line : '\n'
2026 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2027 ;
2028 @end group
2029
2030 @group
2031 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2032 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2033 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2034 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2035 @end group
2036 @group
2037 | exp '/' exp
2038 @{
2039 if ($3)
2040 $$ = $1 / $3;
2041 else
2042 @{
2043 $$ = 1;
2044 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2045 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2046 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2047 @}
2048 @}
2049 @end group
2050 @group
2051 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2052 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2053 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2054 @end group
2055 @end example
2056
2057 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2058 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2059 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2060
2061 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2062 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2063 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2064 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2065 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2066 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2067 hand.
2068
2069 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2070 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2071
2072 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2073 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2074 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2075 semantic values.
2076
2077 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2078 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2079
2080 @example
2081 @group
2082 int
2083 yylex (void)
2084 @{
2085 int c;
2086 @end group
2087
2088 @group
2089 /* Skip white space. */
2090 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2091 ++yylloc.last_column;
2092 @end group
2093
2094 @group
2095 /* Step. */
2096 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2097 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2098 @end group
2099
2100 @group
2101 /* Process numbers. */
2102 if (isdigit (c))
2103 @{
2104 yylval = c - '0';
2105 ++yylloc.last_column;
2106 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2107 @{
2108 ++yylloc.last_column;
2109 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2110 @}
2111 ungetc (c, stdin);
2112 return NUM;
2113 @}
2114 @end group
2115
2116 /* Return end-of-input. */
2117 if (c == EOF)
2118 return 0;
2119
2120 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2121 if (c == '\n')
2122 @{
2123 ++yylloc.last_line;
2124 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2125 @}
2126 else
2127 ++yylloc.last_column;
2128 return c;
2129 @}
2130 @end example
2131
2132 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2133 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2134 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2135 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2136
2137 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2138 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2139 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2140 controlling function:
2141
2142 @example
2143 @group
2144 int
2145 main (void)
2146 @{
2147 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2148 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2149 return yyparse ();
2150 @}
2151 @end group
2152 @end example
2153
2154 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2155 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2156 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2157
2158 @node Multi-function Calc
2159 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2160 @cindex multi-function calculator
2161 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2162 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2163
2164 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2165 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2166 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2167 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2168 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2169
2170 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2171 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2172 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2173 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2174 functions whose syntax has this form:
2175
2176 @example
2177 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2178 @end example
2179
2180 @noindent
2181 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2182 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2183 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2184
2185 @example
2186 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2187 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2188 3.1415926536
2189 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2190 0.0000000000
2191 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2192 2.3000000000
2193 @kbd{alpha}
2194 2.3000000000
2195 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2196 0.8329091229
2197 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2198 2.3000000000
2199 $
2200 @end example
2201
2202 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2203
2204 @menu
2205 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2206 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2207 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2208 @end menu
2209
2210 @node Mfcalc Decl
2211 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2212
2213 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2214
2215 @smallexample
2216 @group
2217 %@{
2218 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2219 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2220 int yylex (void);
2221 void yyerror (char const *);
2222 %@}
2223 @end group
2224 @group
2225 %union @{
2226 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2227 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2228 @}
2229 @end group
2230 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2231 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2232 %type <val> exp
2233
2234 @group
2235 %right '='
2236 %left '-' '+'
2237 %left '*' '/'
2238 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2239 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2240 @end group
2241 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2242 @end smallexample
2243
2244 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2245 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2246 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2247
2248 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2249 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2250 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2251 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2252
2253 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2254 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2255 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2256 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2257 between angle brackets).
2258
2259 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2260 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2261 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2262 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2263 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2264 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2265
2266 @node Mfcalc Rules
2267 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2268
2269 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2270 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2271 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2272
2273 @smallexample
2274 @group
2275 input: /* empty */
2276 | input line
2277 ;
2278 @end group
2279
2280 @group
2281 line:
2282 '\n'
2283 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2284 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2285 ;
2286 @end group
2287
2288 @group
2289 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2290 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2291 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2292 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2293 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2294 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2295 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2296 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2297 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2298 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2299 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2300 ;
2301 @end group
2302 /* End of grammar. */
2303 %%
2304 @end smallexample
2305
2306 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2307 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2308 @cindex symbol table example
2309
2310 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2311 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2312 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2313 requires some additional C functions for support.
2314
2315 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2316 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2317 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2318
2319 @smallexample
2320 @group
2321 /* Function type. */
2322 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2323 @end group
2324
2325 @group
2326 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2327 struct symrec
2328 @{
2329 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2330 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2331 union
2332 @{
2333 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2334 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2335 @} value;
2336 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2337 @};
2338 @end group
2339
2340 @group
2341 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2342
2343 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2344 extern symrec *sym_table;
2345
2346 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2347 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2348 @end group
2349 @end smallexample
2350
2351 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2352 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2353 @code{init_table} as well:
2354
2355 @smallexample
2356 #include <stdio.h>
2357
2358 @group
2359 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2360 void
2361 yyerror (char const *s)
2362 @{
2363 printf ("%s\n", s);
2364 @}
2365 @end group
2366
2367 @group
2368 struct init
2369 @{
2370 char const *fname;
2371 double (*fnct) (double);
2372 @};
2373 @end group
2374
2375 @group
2376 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2377 @{
2378 "sin", sin,
2379 "cos", cos,
2380 "atan", atan,
2381 "ln", log,
2382 "exp", exp,
2383 "sqrt", sqrt,
2384 0, 0
2385 @};
2386 @end group
2387
2388 @group
2389 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2390 symrec *sym_table;
2391 @end group
2392
2393 @group
2394 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2395 void
2396 init_table (void)
2397 @{
2398 int i;
2399 symrec *ptr;
2400 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2401 @{
2402 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2403 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2404 @}
2405 @}
2406 @end group
2407
2408 @group
2409 int
2410 main (void)
2411 @{
2412 init_table ();
2413 return yyparse ();
2414 @}
2415 @end group
2416 @end smallexample
2417
2418 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2419 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2420
2421 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2422 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2423 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2424 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2425 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2426 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2427
2428 @smallexample
2429 symrec *
2430 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2431 @{
2432 symrec *ptr;
2433 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2434 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2435 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2436 ptr->type = sym_type;
2437 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2438 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2439 sym_table = ptr;
2440 return ptr;
2441 @}
2442
2443 symrec *
2444 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2445 @{
2446 symrec *ptr;
2447 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2448 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2449 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2450 return ptr;
2451 return 0;
2452 @}
2453 @end smallexample
2454
2455 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2456 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2457 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2458 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2459
2460 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2461 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2462 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2463 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2464 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2465 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2466
2467 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2468 operators in @code{yylex}.
2469
2470 @smallexample
2471 @group
2472 #include <ctype.h>
2473 @end group
2474
2475 @group
2476 int
2477 yylex (void)
2478 @{
2479 int c;
2480
2481 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2482 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2483
2484 if (c == EOF)
2485 return 0;
2486 @end group
2487
2488 @group
2489 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2490 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2491 @{
2492 ungetc (c, stdin);
2493 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2494 return NUM;
2495 @}
2496 @end group
2497
2498 @group
2499 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2500 if (isalpha (c))
2501 @{
2502 symrec *s;
2503 static char *symbuf = 0;
2504 static int length = 0;
2505 int i;
2506 @end group
2507
2508 @group
2509 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2510 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2511 if (length == 0)
2512 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2513
2514 i = 0;
2515 do
2516 @end group
2517 @group
2518 @{
2519 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2520 if (i == length)
2521 @{
2522 length *= 2;
2523 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2524 @}
2525 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2526 symbuf[i++] = c;
2527 /* Get another character. */
2528 c = getchar ();
2529 @}
2530 @end group
2531 @group
2532 while (isalnum (c));
2533
2534 ungetc (c, stdin);
2535 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2536 @end group
2537
2538 @group
2539 s = getsym (symbuf);
2540 if (s == 0)
2541 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2542 yylval.tptr = s;
2543 return s->type;
2544 @}
2545
2546 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2547 return c;
2548 @}
2549 @end group
2550 @end smallexample
2551
2552 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2553 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2554 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2555
2556 @node Exercises
2557 @section Exercises
2558 @cindex exercises
2559
2560 @enumerate
2561 @item
2562 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2563
2564 @item
2565 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2566 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2567 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2568
2569 @item
2570 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2571 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2572 @end enumerate
2573
2574 @node Grammar File
2575 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2576
2577 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2578 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2579
2580 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2581 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2582
2583 @menu
2584 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2585 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2586 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2587 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2588 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2589 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2590 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2591 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2592 @end menu
2593
2594 @node Grammar Outline
2595 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2596
2597 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2598 appropriate delimiters:
2599
2600 @example
2601 %@{
2602 @var{Prologue}
2603 %@}
2604
2605 @var{Bison declarations}
2606
2607 %%
2608 @var{Grammar rules}
2609 %%
2610
2611 @var{Epilogue}
2612 @end example
2613
2614 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2615 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2616 continues until end of line.
2617
2618 @menu
2619 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2620 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
2621 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2622 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2623 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2624 @end menu
2625
2626 @node Prologue
2627 @subsection The prologue
2628 @cindex declarations section
2629 @cindex Prologue
2630 @cindex declarations
2631
2632 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2633 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2634 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2635 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2636 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2637 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2638 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2639
2640 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the first occurrence
2641 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2642 character constant.
2643
2644 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2645 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2646 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2647 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2648 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2649 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2650 @code{%union} declaration.
2651
2652 @smallexample
2653 %@{
2654 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2655 #include <stdio.h>
2656 #include "ptypes.h"
2657 %@}
2658
2659 %union @{
2660 long int n;
2661 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2662 @}
2663
2664 %@{
2665 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2666 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2667 %@}
2668
2669 @dots{}
2670 @end smallexample
2671
2672 When in doubt, it is usually safer to put prologue code before all
2673 Bison declarations, rather than after. For example, any definitions
2674 of feature test macros like @code{_GNU_SOURCE} or
2675 @code{_POSIX_C_SOURCE} should appear before all Bison declarations, as
2676 feature test macros can affect the behavior of Bison-generated
2677 @code{#include} directives.
2678
2679 @node Prologue Alternatives
2680 @subsection Prologue Alternatives
2681 @cindex Prologue Alternatives
2682
2683 @findex %code
2684 @findex %requires
2685 @findex %provides
2686 @findex %code-top
2687 The functionality of @var{Prologue} sections can often be subtle and
2688 inflexible.
2689 As an alternative, Bison provides a set of more explicit directives:
2690 @code{%code-top}, @code{%requires}, @code{%provides}, and @code{%code}.
2691 @xref{Table of Symbols}.
2692
2693 Look again at the example of the previous section:
2694
2695 @smallexample
2696 %@{
2697 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2698 #include <stdio.h>
2699 #include "ptypes.h"
2700 %@}
2701
2702 %union @{
2703 long int n;
2704 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2705 @}
2706
2707 %@{
2708 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2709 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2710 %@}
2711
2712 @dots{}
2713 @end smallexample
2714
2715 @noindent
2716 Notice that there are two @var{Prologue} sections here, but there's a subtle
2717 distinction between their functionality.
2718 For example, if you decide to override Bison's default definition for
2719 @code{YYLTYPE}, in which @var{Prologue} section should you write your new
2720 definition?
2721 You should write it in the first since Bison will insert that code into the
2722 parser code file @emph{before} the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition.
2723 In which @var{Prologue} section should you prototype an internal function,
2724 @code{trace_token}, that accepts @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} as
2725 arguments?
2726 You should prototype it in the second since Bison will insert that code
2727 @emph{after} the @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} definitions.
2728
2729 This distinction in functionality between the two @var{Prologue} sections is
2730 established by the appearance of the @code{%union} between them.
2731 This behavior raises several questions.
2732 First, why should the position of a @code{%union} affect definitions related to
2733 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype}?
2734 Second, what if there is no @code{%union}?
2735 In that case, the second kind of @var{Prologue} section is not available.
2736 This behavior is not intuitive.
2737
2738 To avoid this subtle @code{%union} dependency, rewrite the example using
2739 @code{%code-top} and @code{%code}.
2740 Let's go ahead and add the new @code{YYLTYPE} definition and the
2741 @code{trace_token} prototype at the same time:
2742
2743 @smallexample
2744 %code-top @{
2745 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2746 #include <stdio.h>
2747 /* The following code really belongs in a %requires; see below. */
2748 #include "ptypes.h"
2749 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2750 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2751 @{
2752 int first_line;
2753 int first_column;
2754 int last_line;
2755 int last_column;
2756 char *filename;
2757 @} YYLTYPE;
2758 @}
2759
2760 %union @{
2761 long int n;
2762 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2763 @}
2764
2765 %code @{
2766 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2767 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2768 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2769 @}
2770
2771 @dots{}
2772 @end smallexample
2773
2774 @noindent
2775 In this way, @code{%code-top} and @code{%code} achieve the same functionality
2776 as the two kinds of @var{Prologue} sections, but it's always explicit which
2777 kind you intend.
2778 Moreover, both kinds are always available even in the absence of @code{%union}.
2779
2780 The first @var{Prologue} section above now logically contains two parts.
2781 The first two lines need to appear in the parser code file.
2782 The fourth line is required by @code{YYSTYPE} and thus also needs to appear in
2783 the parser code file.
2784 However, if you've instructed Bison to generate a parser header file
2785 (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}), you probably want the third line to
2786 appear before the @code{YYSTYPE} definition in that header file as well.
2787 Also, the @code{YYLTYPE} definition should appear in the parser header file to
2788 override the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition there.
2789
2790 In other words, in the first @var{Prologue} section, all but the first two
2791 lines are dependency code for externally exposed definitions (@code{YYSTYPE}
2792 and @code{YYLTYPE}) required by Bison.
2793 Thus, they belong in one or more @code{%requires}:
2794
2795 @smallexample
2796 %code-top @{
2797 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2798 #include <stdio.h>
2799 @}
2800
2801 %requires @{
2802 #include "ptypes.h"
2803 @}
2804 %union @{
2805 long int n;
2806 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2807 @}
2808
2809 %requires @{
2810 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2811 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2812 @{
2813 int first_line;
2814 int first_column;
2815 int last_line;
2816 int last_column;
2817 char *filename;
2818 @} YYLTYPE;
2819 @}
2820
2821 %code @{
2822 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2823 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2824 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2825 @}
2826
2827 @dots{}
2828 @end smallexample
2829
2830 @noindent
2831 Now Bison will insert @code{#include "ptypes.h"} and the new @code{YYLTYPE}
2832 definition before the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}
2833 definitions in both the parser code file and the parser header file.
2834 (By the same reasoning, @code{%requires} would also be the appropriate place to
2835 write your own definition for @code{YYSTYPE}.)
2836
2837 At some point while developing your parser, you might decide to provide
2838 @code{trace_token} to modules that are external to your parser.
2839 Thus, you might wish for Bison to insert the prototype into both the parser
2840 header file and the parser code file.
2841 Since this function is not a dependency of any Bison-required definition (such
2842 as @code{YYSTYPE}), it doesn't make sense to move its prototype to a
2843 @code{%requires}.
2844 More importantly, since it depends upon @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype},
2845 @code{%requires} is not sufficient.
2846 Instead, move its prototype from the @code{%code} to a @code{%provides}:
2847
2848 @smallexample
2849 %code-top @{
2850 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2851 #include <stdio.h>
2852 @}
2853
2854 %requires @{
2855 #include "ptypes.h"
2856 @}
2857 %union @{
2858 long int n;
2859 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2860 @}
2861
2862 %requires @{
2863 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2864 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2865 @{
2866 int first_line;
2867 int first_column;
2868 int last_line;
2869 int last_column;
2870 char *filename;
2871 @} YYLTYPE;
2872 @}
2873
2874 %provides @{
2875 void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2876 @}
2877
2878 %code @{
2879 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2880 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2881 @}
2882
2883 @dots{}
2884 @end smallexample
2885
2886 @noindent
2887 Bison will insert the @code{trace_token} prototype into both the parser header
2888 file and the parser code file after the definitions for @code{yytokentype},
2889 @code{YYLTYPE}, and @code{YYSTYPE}.
2890
2891 The above examples are careful to write directives in an order that reflects
2892 the layout of the generated parser code and header files:
2893 @code{%code-top}, @code{%requires}, @code{%provides}, and then @code{%code}.
2894 While your grammar files will generally be easier to read if you also follow
2895 this order, Bison does not require it.
2896 Instead, Bison lets you choose an organization that makes sense to you.
2897
2898 Any of these directives may be declared multiple times in the grammar file.
2899 In that case, Bison concatenates the contained code in declaration order.
2900 This is the only way in which the position of one of these directives within
2901 the grammar file affects its functionality.
2902
2903 The result of the previous two properties is greater flexibility in how you may
2904 organize your grammar file.
2905 For example, you may organize semantic-type-related directives by semantic
2906 type:
2907
2908 @smallexample
2909 %requires @{ #include "type1.h" @}
2910 %union @{ type1 field1; @}
2911 %destructor @{ type1_free ($$); @} <field1>
2912 %printer @{ type1_print ($$); @} <field1>
2913
2914 %requires @{ #include "type2.h" @}
2915 %union @{ type2 field2; @}
2916 %destructor @{ type2_free ($$); @} <field2>
2917 %printer @{ type2_print ($$); @} <field2>
2918 @end smallexample
2919
2920 @noindent
2921 You could even place each of the above directive groups in the rules section of
2922 the grammar file next to the set of rules that uses the associated semantic
2923 type.
2924 And you don't have to worry that some directive (like a @code{%union}) in the
2925 definitions section is going to adversely affect their functionality in some
2926 counter-intuitive manner just because it comes first.
2927 Such an organization is not possible using @var{Prologue} sections.
2928
2929 @node Bison Declarations
2930 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2931 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2932 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2933
2934 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2935 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2936 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2937 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2938
2939 @node Grammar Rules
2940 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2941 @cindex grammar rules section
2942 @cindex rules section for grammar
2943
2944 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2945 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2946
2947 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2948 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2949 if it is the first thing in the file.
2950
2951 @node Epilogue
2952 @subsection The epilogue
2953 @cindex additional C code section
2954 @cindex epilogue
2955 @cindex C code, section for additional
2956
2957 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2958 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2959 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2960 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2961 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2962 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2963 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2964 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2965 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2966
2967 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2968 from the grammar rules.
2969
2970 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2971 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2972 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2973 of the grammar file.
2974
2975 @node Symbols
2976 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2977 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2978 @cindex terminal symbol
2979 @cindex token type
2980 @cindex symbol
2981
2982 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2983 of the language.
2984
2985 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2986 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2987 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2988 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2989 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
2990 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
2991 the symbol to stand for it.
2992
2993 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
2994 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
2995 By convention, it should be all lower case.
2996
2997 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2998 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2999
3000 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
3001
3002 @itemize @bullet
3003 @item
3004 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
3005 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
3006 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
3007 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
3008
3009 @item
3010 @cindex character token
3011 @cindex literal token
3012 @cindex single-character literal
3013 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
3014 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
3015 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
3016 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
3017 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
3018 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
3019 ,Operator Precedence}).
3020
3021 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
3022 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
3023 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
3024 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
3025 your program will confuse other readers.
3026
3027 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
3028 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
3029 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
3030 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
3031 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
3032 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
3033 allowed.
3034
3035 @item
3036 @cindex string token
3037 @cindex literal string token
3038 @cindex multicharacter literal
3039 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
3040 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
3041 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
3042 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
3043 (@pxref{Precedence}).
3044
3045 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
3046 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
3047 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
3048 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
3049 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3050
3051 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
3052
3053 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
3054 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
3055 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
3056 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
3057 read your program will be confused.
3058
3059 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
3060 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
3061 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
3062 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
3063 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
3064 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
3065 @end itemize
3066
3067 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
3068 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
3069 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
3070
3071 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
3072 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
3073 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
3074 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
3075 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
3076 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
3077 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
3078 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
3079 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
3080 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
3081 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
3082 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
3083
3084 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
3085 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
3086 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
3087 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
3088 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
3089
3090 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
3091 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
3092 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
3093 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
3094 characters in the following C-language string:
3095
3096 @example
3097 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
3098 @end example
3099
3100 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
3101 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
3102 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
3103 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
3104 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
3105 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
3106 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
3107 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
3108 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
3109 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
3110 compiling them.
3111
3112 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
3113 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
3114 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
3115 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
3116 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
3117
3118 @node Rules
3119 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
3120 @cindex rule syntax
3121 @cindex grammar rule syntax
3122 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
3123
3124 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
3125
3126 @example
3127 @group
3128 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
3129 ;
3130 @end group
3131 @end example
3132
3133 @noindent
3134 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
3135 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
3136 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
3137
3138 For example,
3139
3140 @example
3141 @group
3142 exp: exp '+' exp
3143 ;
3144 @end group
3145 @end example
3146
3147 @noindent
3148 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
3149 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
3150
3151 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
3152 extra white space as you wish.
3153
3154 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
3155 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
3156
3157 @example
3158 @{@var{C statements}@}
3159 @end example
3160
3161 @noindent
3162 @cindex braced code
3163 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
3164 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
3165 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
3166 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
3167 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
3168
3169 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
3170 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
3171 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
3172 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
3173 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
3174 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3175 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
3176 character constants.
3177
3178 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
3179 @xref{Actions}.
3180
3181 @findex |
3182 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
3183 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
3184
3185 @example
3186 @group
3187 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
3188 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
3189 @dots{}
3190 ;
3191 @end group
3192 @end example
3193
3194 @noindent
3195 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
3196
3197 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
3198 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
3199 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
3200
3201 @example
3202 @group
3203 expseq: /* empty */
3204 | expseq1
3205 ;
3206 @end group
3207
3208 @group
3209 expseq1: exp
3210 | expseq1 ',' exp
3211 ;
3212 @end group
3213 @end example
3214
3215 @noindent
3216 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
3217 with no components.
3218
3219 @node Recursion
3220 @section Recursive Rules
3221 @cindex recursive rule
3222
3223 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
3224 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
3225 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
3226 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
3227 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
3228
3229 @example
3230 @group
3231 expseq1: exp
3232 | expseq1 ',' exp
3233 ;
3234 @end group
3235 @end example
3236
3237 @cindex left recursion
3238 @cindex right recursion
3239 @noindent
3240 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
3241 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
3242 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3243
3244 @example
3245 @group
3246 expseq1: exp
3247 | exp ',' expseq1
3248 ;
3249 @end group
3250 @end example
3251
3252 @noindent
3253 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3254 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3255 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3256 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3257 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3258 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3259 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3260 of this.
3261
3262 @cindex mutual recursion
3263 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3264 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3265 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3266 side.
3267
3268 For example:
3269
3270 @example
3271 @group
3272 expr: primary
3273 | primary '+' primary
3274 ;
3275 @end group
3276
3277 @group
3278 primary: constant
3279 | '(' expr ')'
3280 ;
3281 @end group
3282 @end example
3283
3284 @noindent
3285 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3286 other.
3287
3288 @node Semantics
3289 @section Defining Language Semantics
3290 @cindex defining language semantics
3291 @cindex language semantics, defining
3292
3293 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3294 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3295 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3296
3297 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3298 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3299 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3300 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3301
3302 @menu
3303 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3304 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3305 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3306 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3307 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3308 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3309 action in the middle of a rule.
3310 @end menu
3311
3312 @node Value Type
3313 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3314 @cindex semantic value type
3315 @cindex value type, semantic
3316 @cindex data types of semantic values
3317 @cindex default data type
3318
3319 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3320 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3321 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3322 Notation Calculator}).
3323
3324 Bison normally uses the type @code{int} for semantic values if your
3325 program uses the same data type for all language constructs. To
3326 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3327
3328 @example
3329 #define YYSTYPE double
3330 @end example
3331
3332 @noindent
3333 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
3334 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
3335 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3336 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3337
3338 @node Multiple Types
3339 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3340
3341 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3342 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3343 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3344 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3345 symbol table.
3346
3347 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3348 requires you to do two things:
3349
3350 @itemize @bullet
3351 @item
3352 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, either by using the
3353 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3354 Value Types}), or by using a @code{typedef} or a @code{#define} to
3355 define @code{YYSTYPE} to be a union type whose member names are
3356 the type tags.
3357
3358 @item
3359 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3360 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3361 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3362 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3363 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3364 @end itemize
3365
3366 @node Actions
3367 @subsection Actions
3368 @cindex action
3369 @vindex $$
3370 @vindex $@var{n}
3371
3372 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3373 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3374 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3375 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3376
3377 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3378 placed at any position in the rule;
3379 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3380 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3381 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3382 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3383
3384 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3385 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3386 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3387 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3388 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3389 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3390 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3391
3392 Here is a typical example:
3393
3394 @example
3395 @group
3396 exp: @dots{}
3397 | exp '+' exp
3398 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3399 @end group
3400 @end example
3401
3402 @noindent
3403 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3404 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3405 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3406 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3407 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3408 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3409 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3410 referred to as @code{$2}.
3411
3412 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3413 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3414 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3415 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3416 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3417
3418 @example
3419 @group
3420 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3421 @end group
3422 @end example
3423
3424 @cindex default action
3425 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3426 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3427 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3428 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3429 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3430 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3431
3432 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3433 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3434 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3435 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3436 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3437
3438 @example
3439 @group
3440 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3441 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3442 ;
3443 @end group
3444
3445 @group
3446 bar: /* empty */
3447 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3448 ;
3449 @end group
3450 @end example
3451
3452 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3453 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3454 definition of @code{foo}.
3455
3456 @vindex yylval
3457 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the lookahead token, if
3458 any, from a semantic action.
3459 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3460 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3461
3462 @node Action Types
3463 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3464 @cindex action data types
3465 @cindex data types in actions
3466
3467 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3468 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3469
3470 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3471 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3472 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3473 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3474 in the rule. In this example,
3475
3476 @example
3477 @group
3478 exp: @dots{}
3479 | exp '+' exp
3480 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3481 @end group
3482 @end example
3483
3484 @noindent
3485 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3486 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3487 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3488 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3489
3490 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3491 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3492 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3493
3494 @example
3495 @group
3496 %union @{
3497 int itype;
3498 double dtype;
3499 @}
3500 @end group
3501 @end example
3502
3503 @noindent
3504 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3505 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3506
3507 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3508 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3509 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3510 @cindex mid-rule actions
3511
3512 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3513 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3514 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3515
3516 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3517 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3518 it is run before they are parsed.
3519
3520 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3521 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3522 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3523 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3524 @code{$@var{n}}.
3525
3526 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3527 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3528 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3529 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3530 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3531 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3532
3533 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3534 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3535 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3536 at the end of the rule.
3537
3538 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3539 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3540 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3541 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3542 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3543 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3544
3545 @example
3546 @group
3547 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3548 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3549 declare_variable ($3); @}
3550 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3551 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3552 @end group
3553 @end example
3554
3555 @noindent
3556 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3557 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3558 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3559 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3560 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3561 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3562 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3563 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3564
3565 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3566 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3567 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3568 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3569 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3570
3571 @findex %destructor
3572 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3573 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3574 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3575 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3576 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3577 restoring it.
3578 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3579 Discarded Symbols}).
3580 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor specific to
3581 a particular mid-rule action's semantic value.
3582
3583 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3584 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3585
3586 @example
3587 @group
3588 %type <context> let
3589 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3590
3591 %%
3592
3593 stmt: let stmt
3594 @{ $$ = $2;
3595 pop_context ($1); @}
3596 ;
3597
3598 let: LET '(' var ')'
3599 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3600 declare_variable ($3); @}
3601 ;
3602
3603 @end group
3604 @end example
3605
3606 @noindent
3607 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3608 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3609 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3610
3611 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3612 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3613 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3614 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3615 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3616 declaration or not:
3617
3618 @example
3619 @group
3620 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3621 | '@{' statements '@}'
3622 ;
3623 @end group
3624 @end example
3625
3626 @noindent
3627 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3628
3629 @example
3630 @group
3631 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3632 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3633 @end group
3634 @group
3635 | '@{' statements '@}'
3636 ;
3637 @end group
3638 @end example
3639
3640 @noindent
3641 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3642 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3643 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3644 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3645 the @dfn{lookahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3646 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.)
3647
3648 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3649 actions into the two rules, like this:
3650
3651 @example
3652 @group
3653 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3654 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3655 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3656 '@{' statements '@}'
3657 ;
3658 @end group
3659 @end example
3660
3661 @noindent
3662 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3663 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3664
3665 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3666 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3667 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3668
3669 @example
3670 @group
3671 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3672 declarations statements '@}'
3673 | '@{' statements '@}'
3674 ;
3675 @end group
3676 @end example
3677
3678 @noindent
3679 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3680 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3681
3682 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3683 serves as a subroutine:
3684
3685 @example
3686 @group
3687 subroutine: /* empty */
3688 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3689 ;
3690
3691 @end group
3692
3693 @group
3694 compound: subroutine
3695 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3696 | subroutine
3697 '@{' statements '@}'
3698 ;
3699 @end group
3700 @end example
3701
3702 @noindent
3703 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3704 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3705
3706 @node Locations
3707 @section Tracking Locations
3708 @cindex location
3709 @cindex textual location
3710 @cindex location, textual
3711
3712 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3713 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3714 especially symbol locations.
3715
3716 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3717 actions to take when rules are matched.
3718
3719 @menu
3720 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3721 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3722 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3723 @end menu
3724
3725 @node Location Type
3726 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3727 @cindex data type of locations
3728 @cindex default location type
3729
3730 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3731 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3732
3733 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
3734 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
3735 defining a @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type}).
3736 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3737 four members:
3738
3739 @example
3740 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3741 @{
3742 int first_line;
3743 int first_column;
3744 int last_line;
3745 int last_column;
3746 @} YYLTYPE;
3747 @end example
3748
3749 At the beginning of the parsing, Bison initializes all these fields to 1
3750 for @code{yylloc}.
3751
3752 @node Actions and Locations
3753 @subsection Actions and Locations
3754 @cindex location actions
3755 @cindex actions, location
3756 @vindex @@$
3757 @vindex @@@var{n}
3758
3759 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3760 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3761
3762 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3763 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3764 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3765 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3766 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3767 @code{@@$}.
3768
3769 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3770
3771 @example
3772 @group
3773 exp: @dots{}
3774 | exp '/' exp
3775 @{
3776 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3777 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3778 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3779 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3780 if ($3)
3781 $$ = $1 / $3;
3782 else
3783 @{
3784 $$ = 1;
3785 fprintf (stderr,
3786 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3787 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3788 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3789 @}
3790 @}
3791 @end group
3792 @end example
3793
3794 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3795 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3796 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3797 last symbol.
3798
3799 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3800 example above simply rewrites this way:
3801
3802 @example
3803 @group
3804 exp: @dots{}
3805 | exp '/' exp
3806 @{
3807 if ($3)
3808 $$ = $1 / $3;
3809 else
3810 @{
3811 $$ = 1;
3812 fprintf (stderr,
3813 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3814 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3815 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3816 @}
3817 @}
3818 @end group
3819 @end example
3820
3821 @vindex yylloc
3822 It is also possible to access the location of the lookahead token, if any,
3823 from a semantic action.
3824 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3825 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3826
3827 @node Location Default Action
3828 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3829 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3830 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3831
3832 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3833 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3834 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3835 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3836 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3837 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3838 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3839 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3840 of that ambiguity.
3841
3842 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3843 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3844
3845 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3846 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3847 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3848 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3849 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3850 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3851 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3852 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3853 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3854 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3855
3856 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3857
3858 @smallexample
3859 @group
3860 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3861 do \
3862 if (N) \
3863 @{ \
3864 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3865 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3866 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3867 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3868 @} \
3869 else \
3870 @{ \
3871 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3872 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3873 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3874 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3875 @} \
3876 while (0)
3877 @end group
3878 @end smallexample
3879
3880 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3881 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3882 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3883
3884 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3885
3886 @itemize @bullet
3887 @item
3888 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3889 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3890
3891 @item
3892 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3893 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3894 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3895 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3896
3897 @item
3898 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3899 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3900 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3901 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3902 @end itemize
3903
3904 @node Declarations
3905 @section Bison Declarations
3906 @cindex declarations, Bison
3907 @cindex Bison declarations
3908
3909 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3910 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3911 @xref{Symbols}.
3912
3913 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3914 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3915 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3916 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3917
3918 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3919 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3920 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3921 Grammars}).
3922
3923 @menu
3924 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3925 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3926 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3927 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3928 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3929 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3930 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3931 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3932 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3933 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3934 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3935 @end menu
3936
3937 @node Require Decl
3938 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3939 @cindex version requirement
3940 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3941 @findex %require
3942
3943 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3944 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3945 status 63).
3946
3947 @example
3948 %require "@var{version}"
3949 @end example
3950
3951 @node Token Decl
3952 @subsection Token Type Names
3953 @cindex declaring token type names
3954 @cindex token type names, declaring
3955 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3956 @findex %token
3957
3958 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3959
3960 @example
3961 %token @var{name}
3962 @end example
3963
3964 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3965 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3966 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3967
3968 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3969 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3970 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3971 Precedence}.
3972
3973 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3974 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3975 following the token name:
3976
3977 @example
3978 %token NUM 300
3979 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3980 @end example
3981
3982 @noindent
3983 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3984 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3985 with each other or with normal characters.
3986
3987 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3988 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3989 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3990 Than One Value Type}).
3991
3992 For example:
3993
3994 @example
3995 @group
3996 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3997 double val;
3998 symrec *tptr;
3999 @}
4000 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
4001 @end group
4002 @end example
4003
4004 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
4005 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
4006 declaration which declares the name. For example:
4007
4008 @example
4009 %token arrow "=>"
4010 @end example
4011
4012 @noindent
4013 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
4014 equivalent literal string tokens:
4015
4016 @example
4017 %token <operator> OR "||"
4018 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
4019 %left OR "<="
4020 @end example
4021
4022 @noindent
4023 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
4024 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
4025 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
4026 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
4027
4028 @node Precedence Decl
4029 @subsection Operator Precedence
4030 @cindex precedence declarations
4031 @cindex declaring operator precedence
4032 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
4033
4034 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
4035 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
4036 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
4037 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
4038 operator precedence.
4039
4040 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
4041 @code{%token}: either
4042
4043 @example
4044 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
4045 @end example
4046
4047 @noindent
4048 or
4049
4050 @example
4051 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
4052 @end example
4053
4054 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
4055 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
4056 all the @var{symbols}:
4057
4058 @itemize @bullet
4059 @item
4060 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
4061 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
4062 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
4063 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
4064 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
4065 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
4066 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
4067 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
4068 considered a syntax error.
4069
4070 @item
4071 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
4072 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
4073 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
4074 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
4075 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
4076 @end itemize
4077
4078 @node Union Decl
4079 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
4080 @cindex declaring value types
4081 @cindex value types, declaring
4082 @findex %union
4083
4084 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
4085 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
4086 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
4087 @code{union} in C@.
4088
4089 For example:
4090
4091 @example
4092 @group
4093 %union @{
4094 double val;
4095 symrec *tptr;
4096 @}
4097 @end group
4098 @end example
4099
4100 @noindent
4101 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
4102 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
4103 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
4104 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4105
4106 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
4107 @code{union}. For example:
4108
4109 @example
4110 @group
4111 %union value @{
4112 double val;
4113 symrec *tptr;
4114 @}
4115 @end group
4116 @end example
4117
4118 @noindent
4119 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
4120 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
4121 @code{YYSTYPE}.
4122
4123 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
4124 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
4125 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
4126
4127 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
4128 a semicolon after the closing brace.
4129
4130 Instead of @code{%union}, you can define and use your own union type
4131 @code{YYSTYPE} if your grammar contains at least one
4132 @samp{<@var{type}>} tag. For example, you can put the following into
4133 a header file @file{parser.h}:
4134
4135 @example
4136 @group
4137 union YYSTYPE @{
4138 double val;
4139 symrec *tptr;
4140 @};
4141 typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
4142 @end group
4143 @end example
4144
4145 @noindent
4146 and then your grammar can use the following
4147 instead of @code{%union}:
4148
4149 @example
4150 @group
4151 %@{
4152 #include "parser.h"
4153 %@}
4154 %type <val> expr
4155 %token <tptr> ID
4156 @end group
4157 @end example
4158
4159 @node Type Decl
4160 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
4161 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
4162 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
4163 @findex %type
4164
4165 @noindent
4166 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
4167 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
4168 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
4169
4170 @example
4171 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
4172 @end example
4173
4174 @noindent
4175 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
4176 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
4177 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
4178 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
4179 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
4180 the symbol names.
4181
4182 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
4183 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
4184 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
4185 @code{<@var{type}>}.
4186
4187 @node Initial Action Decl
4188 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
4189 @findex %initial-action
4190
4191 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
4192 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
4193 code.
4194
4195 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
4196 @findex %initial-action
4197 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
4198 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
4199 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the lookahead --- and the
4200 @code{%parse-param}.
4201 @end deffn
4202
4203 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
4204
4205 @example
4206 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
4207 %initial-action
4208 @{
4209 @@$.initialize (file_name);
4210 @};
4211 @end example
4212
4213
4214 @node Destructor Decl
4215 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
4216 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
4217 @findex %destructor
4218 @findex %symbol-default
4219
4220 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
4221 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
4222 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
4223 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
4224 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
4225 must discard the start symbol.
4226
4227 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
4228 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
4229 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
4230 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
4231
4232 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
4233 symbol is automatically discarded.
4234
4235 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
4236 @findex %destructor
4237 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
4238 @var{symbols}.
4239 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
4240 with the discarded symbol, and @code{@@$} designates its location.
4241 The additional parser parameters are also available (@pxref{Parser Function, ,
4242 The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
4243
4244 When a symbol is listed among @var{symbols}, its @code{%destructor} is called a
4245 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4246 You may also define a per-type @code{%destructor} by listing a semantic type
4247 among @var{symbols}.
4248 In that case, the parser will invoke this @var{code} whenever it discards any
4249 grammar symbol that has that semantic type unless that symbol has its own
4250 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4251
4252 Finally, you may define a default @code{%destructor} by placing
4253 @code{%symbol-default} in the @var{symbols} list of exactly one
4254 @code{%destructor} declaration in your grammar file.
4255 In that case, the parser will invoke the associated @var{code} whenever it
4256 discards any user-defined grammar symbol for which there is no per-type or
4257 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4258 @end deffn
4259
4260 @noindent
4261 For instance:
4262
4263 @smallexample
4264 %union @{ char *string; @}
4265 %token <string> STRING1
4266 %token <string> STRING2
4267 %type <string> string1
4268 %type <string> string2
4269 %union @{ char character; @}
4270 %token <character> CHR
4271 %type <character> chr
4272 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} %symbol-default
4273 %destructor @{ free ($$); printf ("%d", @@$.first_line); @} STRING1 string1
4274 %destructor @{ @} <character>
4275 @end smallexample
4276
4277 @noindent
4278 guarantees that, when the parser discards any user-defined symbol that has a
4279 semantic type tag other than @code{<character>}, it passes its semantic value
4280 to @code{free}.
4281 However, when the parser discards a @code{STRING1} or a @code{string1}, it also
4282 prints its line number to @code{stdout}.
4283 It performs only the second @code{%destructor} in this case, so it invokes
4284 @code{free} only once.
4285
4286 Notice that a Bison-generated parser invokes the default @code{%destructor}
4287 only for user-defined as opposed to Bison-defined symbols.
4288 For example, the parser will not invoke it for the special Bison-defined
4289 symbols @code{$accept}, @code{$undefined}, or @code{$end} (@pxref{Table of
4290 Symbols, ,Bison Symbols}), none of which you can reference in your grammar.
4291 It also will not invoke it for the @code{error} token (@pxref{Table of Symbols,
4292 ,error}), which is always defined by Bison regardless of whether you reference
4293 it in your grammar.
4294 However, it will invoke it for the end token (token 0) if you redefine it from
4295 @code{$end} to, for example, @code{END}:
4296
4297 @smallexample
4298 %token END 0
4299 @end smallexample
4300
4301 @ignore
4302 @noindent
4303 In the future, it may be possible to redefine the @code{error} token as a
4304 nonterminal that captures the discarded symbols.
4305 In that case, the parser will invoke the default destructor for it as well.
4306 @end ignore
4307
4308 @sp 1
4309
4310 @cindex discarded symbols
4311 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
4312
4313 @itemize
4314 @item
4315 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
4316 @item
4317 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
4318 @item
4319 the current lookahead and the entire stack (except the current
4320 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
4321 @item
4322 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
4323 @end itemize
4324
4325 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
4326 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
4327 exhaustion.
4328
4329 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4330 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4331 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4332 the memory.
4333
4334 @node Expect Decl
4335 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4336 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4337 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4338 @cindex warnings, preventing
4339 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4340 @findex %expect
4341 @findex %expect-rr
4342
4343 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4344 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4345 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4346 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4347 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4348 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4349
4350 The declaration looks like this:
4351
4352 @example
4353 %expect @var{n}
4354 @end example
4355
4356 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4357 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4358 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4359 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4360
4361 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4362 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4363 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4364 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4365 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4366 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4367 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4368
4369 @example
4370 %expect-rr @var{n}
4371 @end example
4372
4373 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4374
4375 @itemize @bullet
4376 @item
4377 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4378 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4379 print the number of conflicts.
4380
4381 @item
4382 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4383 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4384 go back to the beginning.
4385
4386 @item
4387 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4388 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4389 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4390 @end itemize
4391
4392 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4393 will keep silent otherwise.
4394
4395 @node Start Decl
4396 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4397 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4398 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4399 @cindex default start symbol
4400 @findex %start
4401
4402 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4403 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4404 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4405
4406 @example
4407 %start @var{symbol}
4408 @end example
4409
4410 @node Pure Decl
4411 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4412 @cindex reentrant parser
4413 @cindex pure parser
4414 @findex %pure-parser
4415
4416 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4417 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4418 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4419 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4420 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4421 program must be called only within interlocks.
4422
4423 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4424 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4425 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4426 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4427 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4428
4429 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4430 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4431 reentrant. It looks like this:
4432
4433 @example
4434 %pure-parser
4435 @end example
4436
4437 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4438 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4439 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4440 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4441 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4442 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4443 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4444 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4445
4446 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4447 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4448 valid grammar.
4449
4450 @node Decl Summary
4451 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4452 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4453 @cindex declaration summary
4454 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4455
4456 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4457
4458 @deffn {Directive} %union
4459 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4460 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4461 @end deffn
4462
4463 @deffn {Directive} %token
4464 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4465 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4466 @end deffn
4467
4468 @deffn {Directive} %right
4469 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4470 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4471 @end deffn
4472
4473 @deffn {Directive} %left
4474 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4475 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4476 @end deffn
4477
4478 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4479 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4480 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4481 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4482 @end deffn
4483
4484 @ifset defaultprec
4485 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4486 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4487 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4488 @end deffn
4489 @end ifset
4490
4491 @deffn {Directive} %type
4492 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4493 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4494 @end deffn
4495
4496 @deffn {Directive} %start
4497 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4498 Start-Symbol}).
4499 @end deffn
4500
4501 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4502 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4503 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4504 @end deffn
4505
4506
4507 @sp 1
4508 @noindent
4509 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4510 directives:
4511
4512 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4513 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4514 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4515 @end deffn
4516 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4517
4518 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4519 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4520 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4521 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4522 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4523
4524 For C parsers, the output header declares @code{YYSTYPE} unless
4525 @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro or you have used a
4526 @code{<@var{type}>} tag without using @code{%union}.
4527 Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4528 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4529 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4530 or type definition
4531 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4532 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4533 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4534 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4535
4536 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4537 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4538 Parser}.
4539
4540 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4541 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4542 the @code{YYSTYPE} macro and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4543 Locations}.
4544
4545 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4546 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4547 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4548 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4549 Tokens}.
4550
4551 @findex %requires
4552 @findex %provides
4553 If you have declared @code{%requires} or @code{%provides}, the output
4554 header also contains their code.
4555 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%requires}.
4556 @end deffn
4557
4558 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4559 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4560 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4561 @end deffn
4562
4563 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4564 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4565 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4566 @end deffn
4567
4568 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4569 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4570 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4571 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4572 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4573 accurate syntax error messages.
4574 @end deffn
4575
4576 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4577 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4578 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4579 in C parsers
4580 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4581 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4582 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4583 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4584 and so on. In C++ parsers, it is only the surrounding namespace which is
4585 named @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}.
4586 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
4587 @end deffn
4588
4589 @ifset defaultprec
4590 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4591 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4592 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4593 Precedence}).
4594 @end deffn
4595 @end ifset
4596
4597 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4598 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4599 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4600 declarations.
4601
4602 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4603 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4604 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4605 @end deffn
4606
4607 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4608 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4609 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4610 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4611 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4612 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4613 file in its own right.
4614 @end deffn
4615
4616 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4617 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4618 @end deffn
4619
4620 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4621 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4622 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4623 @end deffn
4624
4625 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4626 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4627 Require a Version of Bison}.
4628 @end deffn
4629
4630 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4631 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4632 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4633 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4634 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4635 @code{"$end"},
4636 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4637 defined in the grammar file.
4638
4639 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4640 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4641 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4642 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4643 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4644 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4645 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4646 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4647
4648 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4649 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4650 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4651
4652 @table @code
4653 @item YYNTOKENS
4654 The highest token number, plus one.
4655 @item YYNNTS
4656 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4657 @item YYNRULES
4658 The number of grammar rules,
4659 @item YYNSTATES
4660 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4661 @end table
4662 @end deffn
4663
4664 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4665 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4666 parser states and what is done for each type of lookahead token in
4667 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4668 information.
4669 @end deffn
4670
4671 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4672 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4673 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4674 @end deffn
4675
4676
4677 @node Multiple Parsers
4678 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4679
4680 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4681 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4682 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4683 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4684
4685 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4686 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4687 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4688 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4689 names that do not conflict.
4690
4691 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4692 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4693 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4694 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4695
4696 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4697 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4698 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4699 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4700 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4701
4702 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4703 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4704 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4705 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4706
4707 @node Interface
4708 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4709 @cindex C-language interface
4710 @cindex interface
4711
4712 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4713 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4714 functions that it needs to use.
4715
4716 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4717 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4718 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4719 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4720
4721 @menu
4722 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4723 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4724 which reads tokens.
4725 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4726 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4727 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4728 native language.
4729 @end menu
4730
4731 @node Parser Function
4732 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4733 @findex yyparse
4734
4735 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4736 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4737 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4738 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4739 without reading further.
4740
4741
4742 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4743 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4744 is due to end-of-input).
4745
4746 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4747 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4748 invoked.
4749
4750 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4751 @end deftypefun
4752
4753 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4754 these macros:
4755
4756 @defmac YYACCEPT
4757 @findex YYACCEPT
4758 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4759 @end defmac
4760
4761 @defmac YYABORT
4762 @findex YYABORT
4763 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4764 @end defmac
4765
4766 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4767 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4768 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4769
4770 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4771 @findex %parse-param
4772 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4773 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4774 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4775 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4776 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4777 @end deffn
4778
4779 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4780
4781 @example
4782 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4783 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4784 @end example
4785
4786 @noindent
4787 Then call the parser like this:
4788
4789 @example
4790 @{
4791 int nastiness, randomness;
4792 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4793 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4794 @dots{}
4795 @}
4796 @end example
4797
4798 @noindent
4799 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4800
4801 @example
4802 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4803 @end example
4804
4805
4806 @node Lexical
4807 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4808 @findex yylex
4809 @cindex lexical analyzer
4810
4811 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4812 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4813 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4814 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4815
4816 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4817 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4818 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4819 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4820 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4821 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4822 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4823
4824 @menu
4825 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4826 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4827 of the token it has read.
4828 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4829 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4830 actions want that.
4831 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4832 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4833 @end menu
4834
4835 @node Calling Convention
4836 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4837
4838 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4839 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4840 signifies end-of-input.
4841
4842 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4843 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4844 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4845 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4846
4847 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4848 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4849 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4850 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4851 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4852 signifies end-of-input.
4853
4854 Here is an example showing these things:
4855
4856 @example
4857 int
4858 yylex (void)
4859 @{
4860 @dots{}
4861 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4862 return 0;
4863 @dots{}
4864 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4865 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4866 @dots{}
4867 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4868 @dots{}
4869 @}
4870 @end example
4871
4872 @noindent
4873 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4874 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4875
4876 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4877 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4878
4879 @itemize @bullet
4880 @item
4881 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4882 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4883 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4884 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4885
4886 @item
4887 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4888 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4889 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4890 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4891 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4892 to Bison.
4893
4894 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4895 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4896 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4897 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4898
4899 @smallexample
4900 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4901 @{
4902 if (yytname[i] != 0
4903 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4904 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4905 strlen (token_buffer))
4906 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4907 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4908 break;
4909 @}
4910 @end smallexample
4911
4912 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4913 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4914 @end itemize
4915
4916 @node Token Values
4917 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4918
4919 @vindex yylval
4920 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4921 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4922 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4923 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4924 @code{yylex}:
4925
4926 @example
4927 @group
4928 @dots{}
4929 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4930 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4931 @dots{}
4932 @end group
4933 @end example
4934
4935 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4936 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4937 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4938 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4939 declaration looks like this:
4940
4941 @example
4942 @group
4943 %union @{
4944 int intval;
4945 double val;
4946 symrec *tptr;
4947 @}
4948 @end group
4949 @end example
4950
4951 @noindent
4952 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4953
4954 @example
4955 @group
4956 @dots{}
4957 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4958 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4959 @dots{}
4960 @end group
4961 @end example
4962
4963 @node Token Locations
4964 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4965
4966 @vindex yylloc
4967 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4968 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
4969 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
4970 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
4971 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
4972 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
4973
4974 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4975 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4976 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4977 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4978 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4979
4980 @tindex YYLTYPE
4981 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4982
4983 @node Pure Calling
4984 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4985
4986 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4987 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4988 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4989 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4990 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4991 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4992 pointers.
4993
4994 @example
4995 int
4996 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4997 @{
4998 @dots{}
4999 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5000 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5001 @dots{}
5002 @}
5003 @end example
5004
5005 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
5006 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
5007 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
5008 only one argument.
5009
5010
5011 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
5012 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
5013 Function}).
5014
5015 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
5016 @findex %lex-param
5017 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
5018 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
5019 @end deffn
5020
5021 For instance:
5022
5023 @example
5024 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5025 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5026 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5027 @end example
5028
5029 @noindent
5030 results in the following signature:
5031
5032 @example
5033 int yylex (int *nastiness);
5034 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5035 @end example
5036
5037 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
5038
5039 @example
5040 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
5041 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5042 @end example
5043
5044 @noindent
5045 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
5046
5047 @example
5048 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5049 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5050 @end example
5051
5052 @node Error Reporting
5053 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
5054 @cindex error reporting function
5055 @findex yyerror
5056 @cindex parse error
5057 @cindex syntax error
5058
5059 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
5060 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
5061 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
5062 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
5063 in Actions}).
5064
5065 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
5066 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
5067 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
5068 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
5069 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5070
5071 @findex %error-verbose
5072 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
5073 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
5074 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
5075 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5076
5077 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
5078 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
5079 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
5080 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
5081 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
5082 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
5083
5084 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
5085 translated automatically from English to some other language before
5086 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
5087
5088 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
5089
5090 @example
5091 @group
5092 void
5093 yyerror (char const *s)
5094 @{
5095 @end group
5096 @group
5097 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
5098 @}
5099 @end group
5100 @end example
5101
5102 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
5103 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
5104 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
5105 immediately return 1.
5106
5107 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
5108 an access to the current location.
5109 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
5110 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
5111 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
5112 @code{yyerror} are:
5113
5114 @example
5115 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5116 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5117 @end example
5118
5119 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
5120
5121 @example
5122 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5123 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5124 @end example
5125
5126 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
5127 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
5128 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
5129 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
5130
5131 @example
5132 /* Location tracking. */
5133 %locations
5134 /* Pure yylex. */
5135 %pure-parser
5136 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5137 /* Pure yyparse. */
5138 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5139 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5140 @end example
5141
5142 @noindent
5143 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
5144
5145 @example
5146 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5147 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5148 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
5149 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
5150 char const *msg);
5151 @end example
5152
5153 @noindent
5154 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
5155 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
5156 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
5157 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
5158 message is always passed last.
5159
5160 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
5161 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
5162 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
5163 @code{yyerror}.
5164
5165 @vindex yynerrs
5166 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
5167 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
5168 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
5169 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
5170
5171 @node Action Features
5172 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
5173 @cindex summary, action features
5174 @cindex action features summary
5175
5176 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
5177 are useful in actions.
5178
5179 @deffn {Variable} $$
5180 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5181 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5182 @end deffn
5183
5184 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
5185 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5186 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5187 @end deffn
5188
5189 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
5190 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
5191 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
5192 Types of Values in Actions}.
5193 @end deffn
5194
5195 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
5196 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
5197 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
5198 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
5199 @end deffn
5200
5201 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
5202 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
5203 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5204 @end deffn
5205
5206 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
5207 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
5208 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5209 @end deffn
5210
5211 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
5212 @findex YYBACKUP
5213 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
5214 a single value, and only when there is no lookahead token.
5215 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
5216 It installs a lookahead token with token type @var{token} and
5217 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
5218 going to be reduced by this rule.
5219
5220 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
5221 a lookahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
5222 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
5223 recovery.
5224
5225 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
5226 @end deffn
5227
5228 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
5229 @vindex YYEMPTY
5230 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no lookahead token.
5231 @end deffn
5232
5233 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
5234 @vindex YYEOF
5235 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the lookahead is the end of the input
5236 stream.
5237 @end deffn
5238
5239 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
5240 @findex YYERROR
5241 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
5242 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
5243 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
5244 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
5245 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
5246 @end deffn
5247
5248 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
5249 @findex YYRECOVERING
5250 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
5251 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
5252 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5253 @end deffn
5254
5255 @deffn {Variable} yychar
5256 Variable containing either the lookahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
5257 lookahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no lookahead
5258 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
5259 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5260 Actions}).
5261 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
5262 @end deffn
5263
5264 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
5265 Discard the current lookahead token. This is useful primarily in
5266 error rules.
5267 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
5268 Semantic Actions}).
5269 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5270 @end deffn
5271
5272 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
5273 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
5274 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
5275 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5276 @end deffn
5277
5278 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
5279 Variable containing the lookahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
5280 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5281 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5282 Actions}).
5283 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
5284 @end deffn
5285
5286 @deffn {Variable} yylval
5287 Variable containing the lookahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
5288 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5289 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5290 Actions}).
5291 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
5292 @end deffn
5293
5294 @deffn {Value} @@$
5295 @findex @@$
5296 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5297 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5298 Tracking Locations}.
5299
5300 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
5301
5302 @c @example
5303 @c struct @{
5304 @c int first_line, last_line;
5305 @c int first_column, last_column;
5306 @c @};
5307 @c @end example
5308
5309 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
5310 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
5311
5312 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
5313 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
5314 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
5315 @c those members.
5316
5317 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5318 @end deffn
5319
5320 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
5321 @findex @@@var{n}
5322 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5323 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5324 Tracking Locations}.
5325 @end deffn
5326
5327 @node Internationalization
5328 @section Parser Internationalization
5329 @cindex internationalization
5330 @cindex i18n
5331 @cindex NLS
5332 @cindex gettext
5333 @cindex bison-po
5334
5335 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
5336 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
5337 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
5338 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
5339 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
5340 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
5341 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
5342 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
5343 installation.
5344
5345 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
5346 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
5347 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
5348 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
5349
5350 @enumerate
5351 @item
5352 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
5353 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5354 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5355 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5356 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5357 For example:
5358
5359 @example
5360 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5361 @end example
5362
5363 @item
5364 @findex BISON_I18N
5365 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5366 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5367 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5368 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5369 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5370 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5371 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5372 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5373 Bison-generated parser.
5374
5375 @item
5376 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5377 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5378 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5379 For example:
5380
5381 @example
5382 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5383 @end example
5384
5385 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5386 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5387 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5388 @file{Makefile}.
5389
5390 @item
5391 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5392 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5393 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5394
5395 @example
5396 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5397 @end example
5398
5399 or:
5400
5401 @example
5402 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5403 @end example
5404
5405 @item
5406 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5407 infrastructure.
5408 @end enumerate
5409
5410
5411 @node Algorithm
5412 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5413 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5414 @cindex algorithm of parser
5415 @cindex shifting
5416 @cindex reduction
5417 @cindex parser stack
5418 @cindex stack, parser
5419
5420 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5421 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5422 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5423
5424 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5425 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5426 that was shifted.
5427
5428 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5429 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5430 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5431 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5432 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5433 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5434 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5435
5436 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5437
5438 @example
5439 1 + 5 * 3
5440 @end example
5441
5442 @noindent
5443 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5444 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5445
5446 @example
5447 expr: expr '*' expr;
5448 @end example
5449
5450 @noindent
5451 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5452
5453 @example
5454 1 + 15
5455 @end example
5456
5457 @noindent
5458 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5459 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5460
5461 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5462 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5463 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5464
5465 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5466
5467 @menu
5468 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5469 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5470 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5471 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5472 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5473 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5474 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5475 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5476 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5477 @end menu
5478
5479 @node Lookahead
5480 @section Lookahead Tokens
5481 @cindex lookahead token
5482
5483 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5484 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5485 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5486 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5487 token in order to decide what to do.
5488
5489 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5490 @dfn{lookahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5491 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5492 the lookahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5493 should take place, the lookahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5494 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5495 token type of the lookahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5496 application.
5497
5498 Here is a simple case where lookahead is needed. These three rules define
5499 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5500 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5501
5502 @example
5503 @group
5504 expr: term '+' expr
5505 | term
5506 ;
5507 @end group
5508
5509 @group
5510 term: '(' expr ')'
5511 | term '!'
5512 | NUMBER
5513 ;
5514 @end group
5515 @end example
5516
5517 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5518 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5519 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5520 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5521 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5522
5523 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5524 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5525 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5526 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5527 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5528 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5529
5530 @vindex yychar
5531 @vindex yylval
5532 @vindex yylloc
5533 The lookahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5534 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5535 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5536 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5537
5538 @node Shift/Reduce
5539 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5540 @cindex conflicts
5541 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5542 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5543 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5544
5545 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5546 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5547
5548 @example
5549 @group
5550 if_stmt:
5551 IF expr THEN stmt
5552 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5553 ;
5554 @end group
5555 @end example
5556
5557 @noindent
5558 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5559 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5560
5561 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the lookahead token, the
5562 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5563 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5564 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5565 rule.
5566
5567 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5568 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5569 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5570 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5571 contrast it with the other alternative.
5572
5573 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5574 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5575 equivalent:
5576
5577 @example
5578 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5579
5580 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5581 @end example
5582
5583 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5584 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5585 making these two inputs equivalent:
5586
5587 @example
5588 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5589
5590 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5591 @end example
5592
5593 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5594 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5595 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5596 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5597 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5598 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5599 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5600 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5601
5602 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5603 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5604 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5605 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5606
5607 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5608 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5609 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5610 conflict:
5611
5612 @example
5613 @group
5614 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5615 %%
5616 @end group
5617 @group
5618 stmt: expr
5619 | if_stmt
5620 ;
5621 @end group
5622
5623 @group
5624 if_stmt:
5625 IF expr THEN stmt
5626 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5627 ;
5628 @end group
5629
5630 expr: variable
5631 ;
5632 @end example
5633
5634 @node Precedence
5635 @section Operator Precedence
5636 @cindex operator precedence
5637 @cindex precedence of operators
5638
5639 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5640 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5641 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5642 shift and when to reduce.
5643
5644 @menu
5645 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5646 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5647 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5648 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5649 @end menu
5650
5651 @node Why Precedence
5652 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5653
5654 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5655 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5656
5657 @example
5658 @group
5659 expr: expr '-' expr
5660 | expr '*' expr
5661 | expr '<' expr
5662 | '(' expr ')'
5663 @dots{}
5664 ;
5665 @end group
5666 @end example
5667
5668 @noindent
5669 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5670 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5671 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5672 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5673 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5674 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5675 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5676 different results.
5677
5678 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5679 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5680 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5681 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5682 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5683 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5684 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5685 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5686 @samp{<}.
5687
5688 @cindex associativity
5689 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5690 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5691 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5692 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5693 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5694 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5695 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the lookahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5696 makes right-associativity.
5697
5698 @node Using Precedence
5699 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5700 @findex %left
5701 @findex %right
5702 @findex %nonassoc
5703
5704 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5705 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5706 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5707 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5708 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5709 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5710 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5711 row''.
5712
5713 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5714 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5715 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5716 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5717 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5718
5719 @node Precedence Examples
5720 @subsection Precedence Examples
5721
5722 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5723
5724 @example
5725 %left '<'
5726 %left '-'
5727 %left '*'
5728 @end example
5729
5730 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5731 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5732 declared with @code{'-'}:
5733
5734 @example
5735 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5736 %left '+' '-'
5737 %left '*' '/'
5738 @end example
5739
5740 @noindent
5741 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5742 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5743 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5744
5745 @node How Precedence
5746 @subsection How Precedence Works
5747
5748 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5749 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5750 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5751 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5752 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5753 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5754
5755 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5756 of the rule being considered with that of the lookahead token. If the
5757 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5758 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5759 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5760 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5761 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5762 resolved.
5763
5764 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5765 the lookahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5766
5767 @node Contextual Precedence
5768 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5769 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5770 @cindex unary operator precedence
5771 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5772 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5773 @findex %prec
5774
5775 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5776 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5777 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5778 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5779
5780 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5781 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5782 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5783 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5784 modifier for rules.
5785
5786 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5787 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5788 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5789 modifier's syntax is:
5790
5791 @example
5792 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5793 @end example
5794
5795 @noindent
5796 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5797 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5798 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5799 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5800 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5801
5802 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5803 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5804 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5805 precedence:
5806
5807 @example
5808 @dots{}
5809 %left '+' '-'
5810 %left '*'
5811 %left UMINUS
5812 @end example
5813
5814 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5815
5816 @example
5817 @group
5818 exp: @dots{}
5819 | exp '-' exp
5820 @dots{}
5821 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5822 @end group
5823 @end example
5824
5825 @ifset defaultprec
5826 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5827 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5828 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5829 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5830
5831 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5832 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5833 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5834 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5835
5836 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5837 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5838 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5839 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5840 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5841 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5842
5843 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5844 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5845 @end ifset
5846
5847 @node Parser States
5848 @section Parser States
5849 @cindex finite-state machine
5850 @cindex parser state
5851 @cindex state (of parser)
5852
5853 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5854 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5855 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5856 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5857 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5858
5859 Each time a lookahead token is read, the current parser state together
5860 with the type of lookahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5861 entry can say, ``Shift the lookahead token.'' In this case, it also
5862 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5863 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5864 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5865 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5866 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5867 pushed.
5868
5869 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the lookahead token
5870 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5871 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5872
5873 @node Reduce/Reduce
5874 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5875 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5876 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5877
5878 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5879 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5880 in the grammar.
5881
5882 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5883 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5884
5885 @example
5886 sequence: /* empty */
5887 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5888 | maybeword
5889 | sequence word
5890 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5891 ;
5892
5893 maybeword: /* empty */
5894 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5895 | word
5896 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5897 ;
5898 @end example
5899
5900 @noindent
5901 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5902 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5903 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5904 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5905 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5906 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5907
5908 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5909 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5910 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5911
5912 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5913 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5914 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5915 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5916 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5917
5918 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5919 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5920 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5921 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5922
5923 @example
5924 sequence: /* empty */
5925 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5926 | sequence word
5927 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5928 ;
5929 @end example
5930
5931 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5932
5933 @example
5934 sequence: /* empty */
5935 | sequence words
5936 | sequence redirects
5937 ;
5938
5939 words: /* empty */
5940 | words word
5941 ;
5942
5943 redirects:/* empty */
5944 | redirects redirect
5945 ;
5946 @end example
5947
5948 @noindent
5949 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5950 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5951 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5952 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5953 in infinitely many ways!
5954
5955 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5956 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5957 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5958 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5959
5960 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5961 of sequence:
5962
5963 @example
5964 sequence: /* empty */
5965 | sequence word
5966 | sequence redirect
5967 ;
5968 @end example
5969
5970 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5971 from being empty:
5972
5973 @example
5974 sequence: /* empty */
5975 | sequence words
5976 | sequence redirects
5977 ;
5978
5979 words: word
5980 | words word
5981 ;
5982
5983 redirects:redirect
5984 | redirects redirect
5985 ;
5986 @end example
5987
5988 @node Mystery Conflicts
5989 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5990
5991 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5992 Here is an example:
5993
5994 @example
5995 @group
5996 %token ID
5997
5998 %%
5999 def: param_spec return_spec ','
6000 ;
6001 param_spec:
6002 type
6003 | name_list ':' type
6004 ;
6005 @end group
6006 @group
6007 return_spec:
6008 type
6009 | name ':' type
6010 ;
6011 @end group
6012 @group
6013 type: ID
6014 ;
6015 @end group
6016 @group
6017 name: ID
6018 ;
6019 name_list:
6020 name
6021 | name ',' name_list
6022 ;
6023 @end group
6024 @end example
6025
6026 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
6027 of lookahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
6028 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
6029 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
6030
6031 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
6032 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
6033 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
6034 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
6035 an @code{ID}
6036 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
6037 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
6038 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
6039 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
6040 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
6041 that the rules would require different lookahead tokens in the two
6042 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
6043 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
6044 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
6045
6046 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
6047 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
6048 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
6049 and tend to
6050 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
6051 as it is now.
6052
6053 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
6054 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
6055 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
6056 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
6057
6058 @example
6059 @group
6060 %token BOGUS
6061 @dots{}
6062 %%
6063 @dots{}
6064 return_spec:
6065 type
6066 | name ':' type
6067 /* This rule is never used. */
6068 | ID BOGUS
6069 ;
6070 @end group
6071 @end example
6072
6073 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
6074 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
6075 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
6076 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
6077 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
6078 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
6079
6080 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
6081 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
6082 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
6083 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
6084 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
6085 rather than the one for @code{name}.
6086
6087 @example
6088 param_spec:
6089 type
6090 | name_list ':' type
6091 ;
6092 return_spec:
6093 type
6094 | ID ':' type
6095 ;
6096 @end example
6097
6098 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
6099 generators, please see:
6100 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
6101 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
6102 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
6103 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
6104
6105 @node Generalized LR Parsing
6106 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
6107 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
6108 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
6109 @cindex ambiguous grammars
6110 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
6111
6112 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
6113 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
6114 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead.
6115 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
6116 context-free languages.
6117 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
6118 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
6119 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
6120 lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
6121 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
6122 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
6123 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
6124 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
6125
6126 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
6127 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
6128 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
6129 parser uses the same basic
6130 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
6131 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
6132 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
6133 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
6134 situation, it
6135 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
6136 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
6137 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
6138 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
6139 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
6140
6141 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
6142 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
6143 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
6144 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
6145 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
6146 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
6147 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
6148 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
6149 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
6150 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
6151 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
6152 stream.
6153
6154 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
6155 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
6156 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
6157 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
6158 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
6159 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
6160 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
6161 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
6162 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
6163 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
6164 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
6165 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
6166
6167 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
6168 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
6169 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
6170 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
6171 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
6172 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
6173 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
6174 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
6175 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
6176 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
6177 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
6178 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
6179 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
6180 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
6181 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
6182 Bison parser.
6183
6184 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
6185 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
6186 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
6187 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
6188 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
6189 (2000-12-24).
6190
6191 @node Memory Management
6192 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
6193 @cindex memory exhaustion
6194 @cindex memory management
6195 @cindex stack overflow
6196 @cindex parser stack overflow
6197 @cindex overflow of parser stack
6198
6199 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
6200 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
6201 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
6202
6203 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
6204 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
6205 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
6206
6207 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
6208 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
6209 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
6210 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
6211 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
6212
6213 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
6214 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
6215 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
6216 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
6217 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
6218 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
6219
6220 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
6221 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
6222 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
6223 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
6224
6225 @cindex default stack limit
6226 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
6227 10000.
6228
6229 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
6230 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
6231 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
6232 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
6233 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
6234 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
6235
6236 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
6237
6238 @c FIXME: C++ output.
6239 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
6240 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
6241 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
6242 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
6243 this deficiency in a future release.
6244
6245 @node Error Recovery
6246 @chapter Error Recovery
6247 @cindex error recovery
6248 @cindex recovery from errors
6249
6250 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
6251 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
6252 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
6253 another expression.
6254
6255 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
6256 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
6257 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
6258 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
6259 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
6260 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
6261 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
6262
6263 @findex error
6264 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
6265 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
6266 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
6267 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
6268 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
6269 in the current context, the parse can continue.
6270
6271 For example:
6272
6273 @example
6274 stmnts: /* empty string */
6275 | stmnts '\n'
6276 | stmnts exp '\n'
6277 | stmnts error '\n'
6278 @end example
6279
6280 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
6281 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
6282
6283 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
6284 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
6285 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
6286 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
6287 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
6288 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
6289 applicable in the ordinary way.
6290
6291 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
6292 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
6293 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
6294 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
6295 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
6296 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
6297 lookahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
6298 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
6299 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
6300 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
6301 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
6302 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
6303
6304 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
6305 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
6306 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
6307
6308 @example
6309 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
6310 @end example
6311
6312 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
6313 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
6314 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
6315 spurious error message:
6316
6317 @example
6318 primary: '(' expr ')'
6319 | '(' error ')'
6320 @dots{}
6321 ;
6322 @end example
6323
6324 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
6325 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
6326 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
6327 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
6328 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
6329 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
6330 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
6331 @code{stmnt}.
6332
6333 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
6334 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
6335 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
6336 error messages resume.
6337
6338 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
6339 as any other rules can.
6340
6341 @findex yyerrok
6342 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
6343 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
6344 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
6345 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
6346
6347 @findex yyclearin
6348 The previous lookahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
6349 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
6350 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
6351 action.
6352 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6353
6354 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6355 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6356 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6357 probably correct. The previous lookahead token ought to be discarded
6358 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6359
6360 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6361 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
6362 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
6363 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
6364 error.
6365
6366 @node Context Dependency
6367 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6368
6369 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6370 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6371 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6372 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6373 languages.
6374
6375 @menu
6376 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6377 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6378 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6379 error recovery rules must be written.
6380 @end menu
6381
6382 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6383 neither clean nor robust.)
6384
6385 @node Semantic Tokens
6386 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6387
6388 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6389 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6390
6391 @example
6392 foo (x);
6393 @end example
6394
6395 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6396 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6397 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6398
6399 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6400 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6401 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6402 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6403 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6404
6405 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6406 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6407 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6408 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6409 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6410 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6411 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6412
6413 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6414 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6415 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6416 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6417 earlier:
6418
6419 @example
6420 typedef int foo, bar;
6421 int baz (void)
6422 @{
6423 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6424 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6425 return foo (bar);
6426 @}
6427 @end example
6428
6429 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6430 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6431
6432 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6433 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6434 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6435 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6436 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6437
6438 @example
6439 initdcl:
6440 declarator maybeasm '='
6441 init
6442 | declarator maybeasm
6443 ;
6444
6445 notype_initdcl:
6446 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6447 init
6448 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6449 ;
6450 @end example
6451
6452 @noindent
6453 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6454 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6455 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6456
6457 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6458 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6459 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6460 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6461 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6462 the syntactic context.
6463
6464 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6465 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6466 @cindex lexical tie-in
6467
6468 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6469 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6470 parsed.
6471
6472 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6473 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6474 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6475 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6476 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6477
6478 @example
6479 @group
6480 %@{
6481 int hexflag;
6482 int yylex (void);
6483 void yyerror (char const *);
6484 %@}
6485 %%
6486 @dots{}
6487 @end group
6488 @group
6489 expr: IDENTIFIER
6490 | constant
6491 | HEX '('
6492 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6493 expr ')'
6494 @{ hexflag = 0;
6495 $$ = $4; @}
6496 | expr '+' expr
6497 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6498 @dots{}
6499 ;
6500 @end group
6501
6502 @group
6503 constant:
6504 INTEGER
6505 | STRING
6506 ;
6507 @end group
6508 @end example
6509
6510 @noindent
6511 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6512 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6513 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6514
6515 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6516 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6517 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6518
6519 @node Tie-in Recovery
6520 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6521
6522 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6523 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6524
6525 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6526 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6527 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6528 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6529
6530 @example
6531 stmt: expr ';'
6532 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6533 @dots{}
6534 error ';'
6535 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6536 ;
6537 @end example
6538
6539 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6540 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6541 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6542 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6543 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6544
6545 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6546
6547 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6548 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6549 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6550
6551 @example
6552 @group
6553 expr: @dots{}
6554 | '(' expr ')'
6555 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6556 | '(' error ')'
6557 @dots{}
6558 @end group
6559 @end example
6560
6561 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6562 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6563 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6564 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6565
6566 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6567 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6568 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6569 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6570 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6571 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6572 clear the flag.
6573
6574 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6575
6576 @node Debugging
6577 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6578
6579 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6580 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6581 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6582 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6583 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6584 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6585
6586 @menu
6587 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6588 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6589 @end menu
6590
6591 @node Understanding
6592 @section Understanding Your Parser
6593
6594 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6595 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6596 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6597 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6598 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a DOT file).
6599
6600 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6601 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6602 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6603 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6604 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6605 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6606 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6607
6608 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6609
6610 @example
6611 %token NUM STR
6612 %left '+' '-'
6613 %left '*'
6614 %%
6615 exp: exp '+' exp
6616 | exp '-' exp
6617 | exp '*' exp
6618 | exp '/' exp
6619 | NUM
6620 ;
6621 useless: STR;
6622 %%
6623 @end example
6624
6625 @command{bison} reports:
6626
6627 @example
6628 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6629 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6630 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6631 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6632 @end example
6633
6634 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6635 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6636 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6637 interpretation is the same.
6638
6639 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6640 to precedence and/or associativity:
6641
6642 @example
6643 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6644 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6645 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6646 @exdent @dots{}
6647 @end example
6648
6649 @noindent
6650 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6651
6652 @example
6653 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6654 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6655 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6656 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6657 @end example
6658
6659 @noindent
6660 @cindex token, useless
6661 @cindex useless token
6662 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6663 @cindex useless nonterminal
6664 @cindex rule, useless
6665 @cindex useless rule
6666 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6667 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6668 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6669 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6670 below):
6671
6672 @example
6673 Useless nonterminals:
6674 useless
6675
6676 Terminals which are not used:
6677 STR
6678
6679 Useless rules:
6680 #6 useless: STR;
6681 @end example
6682
6683 @noindent
6684 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6685
6686 @example
6687 Grammar
6688
6689 Number, Line, Rule
6690 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6691 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6692 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6693 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6694 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6695 5 9 exp -> NUM
6696 @end example
6697
6698 @noindent
6699 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6700
6701 @example
6702 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6703
6704 $end (0) 0
6705 '*' (42) 3
6706 '+' (43) 1
6707 '-' (45) 2
6708 '/' (47) 4
6709 error (256)
6710 NUM (258) 5
6711
6712 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6713
6714 $accept (8)
6715 on left: 0
6716 exp (9)
6717 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6718 @end example
6719
6720 @noindent
6721 @cindex item
6722 @cindex pointed rule
6723 @cindex rule, pointed
6724 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6725 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6726 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6727 that the input cursor.
6728
6729 @example
6730 state 0
6731
6732 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6733
6734 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6735
6736 exp go to state 2
6737 @end example
6738
6739 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6740 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6741 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6742 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6743 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6744 symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6745 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6746 lookahead triggers a syntax error.''
6747
6748 @cindex core, item set
6749 @cindex item set core
6750 @cindex kernel, item set
6751 @cindex item set core
6752 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6753 report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6754 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6755 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6756 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6757 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6758 be derived:
6759
6760 @example
6761 state 0
6762
6763 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6764 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6765 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6766 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6767 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6768 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6769
6770 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6771
6772 exp go to state 2
6773 @end example
6774
6775 @noindent
6776 In the state 1...
6777
6778 @example
6779 state 1
6780
6781 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6782
6783 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6784 @end example
6785
6786 @noindent
6787 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead token
6788 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6789 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6790 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6791
6792 @example
6793 state 2
6794
6795 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6796 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6797 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6798 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6799 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6800
6801 $ shift, and go to state 3
6802 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6803 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6804 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6805 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6806 @end example
6807
6808 @noindent
6809 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6810 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if
6811 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6812 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6813 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6814 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6815
6816 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6817 state}:
6818
6819 @example
6820 state 3
6821
6822 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6823
6824 $default accept
6825 @end example
6826
6827 @noindent
6828 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6829 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6830
6831 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6832 the reader.
6833
6834 @example
6835 state 4
6836
6837 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6838
6839 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6840
6841 exp go to state 8
6842
6843 state 5
6844
6845 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6846
6847 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6848
6849 exp go to state 9
6850
6851 state 6
6852
6853 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6854
6855 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6856
6857 exp go to state 10
6858
6859 state 7
6860
6861 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6862
6863 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6864
6865 exp go to state 11
6866 @end example
6867
6868 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6869 1 shift/reduce}:
6870
6871 @example
6872 state 8
6873
6874 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6875 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6876 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6877 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6878 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6879
6880 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6881 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6882
6883 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6884 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6885 @end example
6886
6887 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}:
6888 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6889 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6890 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6891 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6892 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6893 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6894 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6895
6896 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6897 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6898 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6899 square brackets.
6900
6901 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6902 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6903 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6904 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6905 possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6906 one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6907 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6908 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6909 lookahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6910 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6911 with some set of possible lookahead tokens. When run with
6912 @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookahead tokens:
6913
6914 @example
6915 state 8
6916
6917 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6918 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6919 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6920 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6921 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6922
6923 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6924 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6925
6926 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6927 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6928 @end example
6929
6930 The remaining states are similar:
6931
6932 @example
6933 state 9
6934
6935 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6936 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6937 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6938 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6939 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6940
6941 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6942 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6943
6944 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6945 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6946
6947 state 10
6948
6949 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6950 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6951 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6952 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6953 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6954
6955 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6956
6957 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6958 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6959
6960 state 11
6961
6962 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6963 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6964 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6965 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6966 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6967
6968 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6969 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6970 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6971 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6972
6973 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6974 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6975 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6976 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6977 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6978 @end example
6979
6980 @noindent
6981 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6982 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6983 @samp{*}, but also because the
6984 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6985
6986
6987 @node Tracing
6988 @section Tracing Your Parser
6989 @findex yydebug
6990 @cindex debugging
6991 @cindex tracing the parser
6992
6993 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6994 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6995
6996 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6997
6998 @table @asis
6999 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
7000 @findex YYDEBUG
7001 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
7002 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
7003 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
7004 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
7005 Prologue}).
7006
7007 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
7008 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
7009 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
7010
7011 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
7012 @findex %debug
7013 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
7014 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
7015 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
7016 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
7017 you, this is
7018 the preferred solution.
7019 @end table
7020
7021 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
7022 always possible.
7023
7024 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
7025 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
7026 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
7027 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
7028 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
7029 and @code{YYFPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
7030
7031 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
7032 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
7033 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
7034 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
7035
7036 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
7037 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
7038 messages tell you these things:
7039
7040 @itemize @bullet
7041 @item
7042 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
7043
7044 @item
7045 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
7046 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
7047
7048 @item
7049 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
7050 of the state stack afterward.
7051 @end itemize
7052
7053 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
7054 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
7055 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
7056 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
7057 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
7058 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
7059 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
7060 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
7061 grammar are to blame.
7062
7063 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
7064 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
7065 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
7066 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
7067 the grammar it is working.
7068
7069 @findex YYPRINT
7070 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
7071 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
7072 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
7073 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
7074 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
7075 value (from @code{yylval}).
7076
7077 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
7078 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
7079
7080 @smallexample
7081 %@{
7082 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
7083 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
7084 %@}
7085
7086 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
7087
7088 static void
7089 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
7090 @{
7091 if (type == VAR)
7092 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
7093 else if (type == NUM)
7094 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
7095 @}
7096 @end smallexample
7097
7098 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
7099
7100 @node Invocation
7101 @chapter Invoking Bison
7102 @cindex invoking Bison
7103 @cindex Bison invocation
7104 @cindex options for invoking Bison
7105
7106 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
7107
7108 @example
7109 bison @var{infile}
7110 @end example
7111
7112 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
7113 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
7114 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
7115 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
7116 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
7117 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
7118 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
7119 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
7120 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
7121 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
7122 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
7123 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
7124
7125 For example :
7126
7127 @example
7128 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
7129 @end example
7130 @noindent
7131 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
7132
7133 @example
7134 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
7135 @end example
7136 @noindent
7137 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
7138
7139 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
7140 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
7141 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
7142
7143 @menu
7144 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
7145 in alphabetical order by short options.
7146 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
7147 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
7148 @end menu
7149
7150 @node Bison Options
7151 @section Bison Options
7152
7153 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
7154 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
7155 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
7156 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
7157 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
7158 @samp{=}.
7159
7160 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
7161 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
7162 option.
7163
7164 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
7165 @noindent
7166 Operations modes:
7167 @table @option
7168 @item -h
7169 @itemx --help
7170 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
7171
7172 @item -V
7173 @itemx --version
7174 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
7175
7176 @item --print-localedir
7177 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
7178
7179 @item -y
7180 @itemx --yacc
7181 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
7182 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
7183 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
7184 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
7185 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
7186 @file{y.tab.h}.
7187 Also, if generating an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser in C, generate @code{#define}
7188 statements in addition to an @code{enum} to associate token numbers with token
7189 names.
7190 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for Yacc, and the Bison
7191 distribution contains such a script for compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
7192
7193 @example
7194 #! /bin/sh
7195 bison -y "$@@"
7196 @end example
7197
7198 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
7199 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
7200 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
7201 this option is specified.
7202
7203 @end table
7204
7205 @noindent
7206 Tuning the parser:
7207
7208 @table @option
7209 @item -S @var{file}
7210 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
7211 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
7212 you are developing Bison.
7213
7214 @item -t
7215 @itemx --debug
7216 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
7217 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
7218 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
7219
7220 @item --locations
7221 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7222
7223 @item -p @var{prefix}
7224 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
7225 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
7226 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7227
7228 @item -l
7229 @itemx --no-lines
7230 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
7231 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
7232 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
7233 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
7234 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
7235
7236 @item -n
7237 @itemx --no-parser
7238 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7239
7240 @item -k
7241 @itemx --token-table
7242 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7243 @end table
7244
7245 @noindent
7246 Adjust the output:
7247
7248 @table @option
7249 @item -d
7250 @itemx --defines
7251 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7252 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
7253 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7254
7255 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
7256 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
7257
7258 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
7259 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
7260 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e., specify prefix to use
7261 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7262
7263 @item -r @var{things}
7264 @itemx --report=@var{things}
7265 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
7266 separated list of @var{things} among:
7267
7268 @table @code
7269 @item state
7270 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
7271 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
7272
7273 @item lookahead
7274 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7275 each rule's lookahead set.
7276
7277 @item itemset
7278 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7279 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
7280 @end table
7281
7282 @item -v
7283 @itemx --verbose
7284 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7285 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
7286 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7287
7288 @item -o @var{file}
7289 @itemx --output=@var{file}
7290 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
7291
7292 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
7293 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
7294
7295 @item -g
7296 Output a graphical representation of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
7297 automaton computed by Bison, in @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/, Graphviz}
7298 @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/doc/info/lang.html, @acronym{DOT}} format.
7299 If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the output file will
7300 be @file{foo.dot}.
7301
7302 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
7303 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
7304 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
7305 the output graph file.
7306 @end table
7307
7308 @node Option Cross Key
7309 @section Option Cross Key
7310
7311 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
7312 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
7313 the corresponding short option.
7314
7315 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
7316 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
7317 @item @option{--debug} @tab @option{-t}
7318 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7319 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}}
7320 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7321 @item @option{--help} @tab @option{-h}
7322 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}}
7323 @item @option{--no-lines} @tab @option{-l}
7324 @item @option{--no-parser} @tab @option{-n}
7325 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}} @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}}
7326 @item @option{--print-localedir} @tab
7327 @item @option{--token-table} @tab @option{-k}
7328 @item @option{--verbose} @tab @option{-v}
7329 @item @option{--version} @tab @option{-V}
7330 @item @option{--yacc} @tab @option{-y}
7331 @end multitable
7332
7333 @node Yacc Library
7334 @section Yacc Library
7335
7336 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
7337 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
7338 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
7339 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
7340 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
7341 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
7342 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
7343
7344 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
7345 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
7346
7347 @example
7348 int yyerror (char const *);
7349 @end example
7350
7351 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
7352 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
7353 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
7354
7355 @example
7356 int yyparse (void);
7357 @end example
7358
7359 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
7360
7361 @node C++ Language Interface
7362 @chapter C++ Language Interface
7363
7364 @menu
7365 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7366 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7367 @end menu
7368
7369 @node C++ Parsers
7370 @section C++ Parsers
7371
7372 @menu
7373 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7374 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7375 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7376 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7377 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7378 @end menu
7379
7380 @node C++ Bison Interface
7381 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7382 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
7383 @c - Always pure
7384 @c - initial action
7385
7386 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To
7387 select it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc}
7388 to Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
7389 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
7390 entities in the @samp{yy} namespace. Use the @samp{%name-prefix}
7391 directive to change the namespace name, see @ref{Decl Summary}. The
7392 various classes are generated in the following files:
7393
7394 @table @file
7395 @item position.hh
7396 @itemx location.hh
7397 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7398 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7399
7400 @item stack.hh
7401 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7402
7403 @item @var{file}.hh
7404 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7405 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
7406 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
7407 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
7408 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
7409
7410 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
7411 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7412 @samp{%defines} directive.
7413 @end table
7414
7415 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7416 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7417
7418 @node C++ Semantic Values
7419 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7420 @c - No objects in unions
7421 @c - YSTYPE
7422 @c - Printer and destructor
7423
7424 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7425 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7426 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7427 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7428 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7429 @itemize @minus
7430 @item
7431 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7432 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7433 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7434 @item
7435 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7436 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7437 to such objects are allowed.
7438 @end itemize
7439
7440 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7441 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7442 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7443 Symbols}.
7444
7445
7446 @node C++ Location Values
7447 @subsection C++ Location Values
7448 @c - %locations
7449 @c - class Position
7450 @c - class Location
7451 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
7452
7453 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7454 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7455 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7456 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7457 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7458
7459 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7460 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7461 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7462 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7463 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
7464 @end deftypemethod
7465
7466 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7467 The line, starting at 1.
7468 @end deftypemethod
7469
7470 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7471 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7472 @end deftypemethod
7473
7474 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7475 The column, starting at 0.
7476 @end deftypemethod
7477
7478 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7479 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7480 @end deftypemethod
7481
7482 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7483 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7484 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7485 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7486 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7487 @end deftypemethod
7488
7489 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7490 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7491 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7492 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7493 @end deftypemethod
7494
7495 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7496 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7497 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7498 @end deftypemethod
7499
7500 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7501 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7502 Advance the @code{end} position.
7503 @end deftypemethod
7504
7505 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7506 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7507 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7508 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7509 @end deftypemethod
7510
7511 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7512 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7513 @end deftypemethod
7514
7515
7516 @node C++ Parser Interface
7517 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7518 @c - define parser_class_name
7519 @c - Ctor
7520 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7521 @c debug_stream.
7522 @c - Reporting errors
7523
7524 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7525 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7526 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7527 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7528 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7529 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7530 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7531 additional argument for its constructor.
7532
7533 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7534 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7535 The types for semantics value and locations.
7536 @end defcv
7537
7538 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7539 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7540 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7541 @end deftypemethod
7542
7543 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7544 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7545 @end deftypemethod
7546
7547 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7548 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7549 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7550 @code{std::cerr}.
7551 @end deftypemethod
7552
7553 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7554 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7555 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7556 or nonzero, full tracing.
7557 @end deftypemethod
7558
7559 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7560 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7561 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7562 described by @var{m}.
7563 @end deftypemethod
7564
7565
7566 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7567 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7568 @c - prefix for yylex.
7569 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7570 @c - %lex-param
7571
7572 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7573 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7574 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7575
7576 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7577 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7578 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7579 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7580 @end deftypemethod
7581
7582
7583 @node A Complete C++ Example
7584 @section A Complete C++ Example
7585
7586 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7587 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7588 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7589 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7590 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7591 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7592 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7593 actually easier to interface with.
7594
7595 @menu
7596 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7597 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7598 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7599 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7600 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7601 @end menu
7602
7603 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7604 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7605
7606 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7607 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7608 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7609 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7610 of valid input follows.
7611
7612 @example
7613 three := 3
7614 seven := one + two * three
7615 seven * seven
7616 @end example
7617
7618 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7619 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7620 @c - An env
7621 @c - A place to store error messages
7622 @c - A place for the result
7623
7624 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7625 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7626 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7627 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7628 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7629 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7630 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7631
7632 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7633 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7634 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7635 class.
7636
7637 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7638 @example
7639 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7640 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7641 # include <string>
7642 # include <map>
7643 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7644 @end example
7645
7646
7647 @noindent
7648 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7649 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7650 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7651 factor both as follows.
7652
7653 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7654 @example
7655 // Tell Flex the lexer's prototype ...
7656 # define YY_DECL \
7657 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
7658 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7659 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7660 calcxx_driver& driver)
7661 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7662 YY_DECL;
7663 @end example
7664
7665 @noindent
7666 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7667 members.
7668
7669 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7670 @example
7671 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7672 class calcxx_driver
7673 @{
7674 public:
7675 calcxx_driver ();
7676 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7677
7678 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7679
7680 int result;
7681 @end example
7682
7683 @noindent
7684 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7685 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7686
7687 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7688 @example
7689 // Handling the scanner.
7690 void scan_begin ();
7691 void scan_end ();
7692 bool trace_scanning;
7693 @end example
7694
7695 @noindent
7696 Similarly for the parser itself.
7697
7698 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7699 @example
7700 // Handling the parser.
7701 void parse (const std::string& f);
7702 std::string file;
7703 bool trace_parsing;
7704 @end example
7705
7706 @noindent
7707 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7708 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7709 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7710 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7711
7712 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7713 @example
7714 // Error handling.
7715 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7716 void error (const std::string& m);
7717 @};
7718 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7719 @end example
7720
7721 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7722 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7723 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7724 messages and set error state.
7725
7726 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7727 @example
7728 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7729 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7730
7731 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7732 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7733 @{
7734 variables["one"] = 1;
7735 variables["two"] = 2;
7736 @}
7737
7738 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7739 @{
7740 @}
7741
7742 void
7743 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7744 @{
7745 file = f;
7746 scan_begin ();
7747 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7748 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7749 parser.parse ();
7750 scan_end ();
7751 @}
7752
7753 void
7754 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7755 @{
7756 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7757 @}
7758
7759 void
7760 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7761 @{
7762 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7763 @}
7764 @end example
7765
7766 @node Calc++ Parser
7767 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7768
7769 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7770 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7771 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7772 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7773 the grammar for.
7774
7775 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7776 @example
7777 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7778 %require "2.1a"
7779 %defines
7780 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7781 @end example
7782
7783 @noindent
7784 @findex %requires
7785 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7786 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7787 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7788 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7789 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7790 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7791 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%requires}.
7792
7793 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7794 @example
7795 %requires @{
7796 # include <string>
7797 class calcxx_driver;
7798 @}
7799 @end example
7800
7801 @noindent
7802 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7803 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7804 global variables.
7805
7806 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7807 @example
7808 // The parsing context.
7809 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7810 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7811 @end example
7812
7813 @noindent
7814 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7815 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7816 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7817 automatically propagated.
7818
7819 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7820 @example
7821 %locations
7822 %initial-action
7823 @{
7824 // Initialize the initial location.
7825 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7826 @};
7827 @end example
7828
7829 @noindent
7830 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7831 error messages.
7832
7833 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7834 @example
7835 %debug
7836 %error-verbose
7837 @end example
7838
7839 @noindent
7840 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7841 them.
7842
7843 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7844 @example
7845 // Symbols.
7846 %union
7847 @{
7848 int ival;
7849 std::string *sval;
7850 @};
7851 @end example
7852
7853 @noindent
7854 @findex %code
7855 The code between @samp{%code @{} and @samp{@}} is output in the
7856 @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed knowledge about the driver.
7857
7858 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7859 @example
7860 %code @{
7861 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7862 @}
7863 @end example
7864
7865
7866 @noindent
7867 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7868 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7869 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7870 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7871 avoid name clashes.
7872
7873 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7874 @example
7875 %token END 0 "end of file"
7876 %token ASSIGN ":="
7877 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7878 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7879 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7880 @end example
7881
7882 @noindent
7883 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7884 @code{%destructor}.
7885
7886 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
7887 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7888 @example
7889 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7890 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7891
7892 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7893 @end example
7894
7895 @noindent
7896 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7897
7898 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7899 @example
7900 %%
7901 %start unit;
7902 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7903
7904 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7905 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7906
7907 assignment:
7908 "identifier" ":=" exp
7909 @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; delete $1; @};
7910
7911 %left '+' '-';
7912 %left '*' '/';
7913 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7914 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7915 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7916 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7917 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; delete $1; @}
7918 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7919 %%
7920 @end example
7921
7922 @noindent
7923 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7924 driver.
7925
7926 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7927 @example
7928 void
7929 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7930 const std::string& m)
7931 @{
7932 driver.error (l, m);
7933 @}
7934 @end example
7935
7936 @node Calc++ Scanner
7937 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7938
7939 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7940 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7941
7942 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7943 @example
7944 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7945 # include <cstdlib>
7946 # include <errno.h>
7947 # include <limits.h>
7948 # include <string>
7949 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7950 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7951
7952 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
7953 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
7954 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
7955 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
7956 # undef yywrap
7957 # define yywrap() 1
7958
7959 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
7960 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
7961 not of token_type. */
7962 #define yyterminate() return token::END
7963 %@}
7964 @end example
7965
7966 @noindent
7967 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7968 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7969 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7970 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7971
7972 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7973 @example
7974 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7975 @end example
7976
7977 @noindent
7978 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7979
7980 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7981 @example
7982 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7983 int [0-9]+
7984 blank [ \t]
7985 @end example
7986
7987 @noindent
7988 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
7989 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7990 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7991 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7992 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7993 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7994 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7995
7996 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7997 @example
7998 %@{
7999 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
8000 %@}
8001 %%
8002 %@{
8003 yylloc->step ();
8004 %@}
8005 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
8006 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
8007 @end example
8008
8009 @noindent
8010 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
8011 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
8012 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
8013 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
8014
8015 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8016 @example
8017 %@{
8018 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
8019 %@}
8020 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
8021 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
8022 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
8023 @{int@} @{
8024 errno = 0;
8025 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
8026 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
8027 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
8028 yylval->ival = n;
8029 return token::NUMBER;
8030 @}
8031 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
8032 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
8033 %%
8034 @end example
8035
8036 @noindent
8037 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
8038 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
8039
8040 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8041 @example
8042 void
8043 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
8044 @{
8045 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
8046 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
8047 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
8048 @}
8049
8050 void
8051 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
8052 @{
8053 fclose (yyin);
8054 @}
8055 @end example
8056
8057 @node Calc++ Top Level
8058 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
8059
8060 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
8061
8062 @comment file: calc++.cc
8063 @example
8064 #include <iostream>
8065 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
8066
8067 int
8068 main (int argc, char *argv[])
8069 @{
8070 calcxx_driver driver;
8071 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
8072 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
8073 driver.trace_parsing = true;
8074 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
8075 driver.trace_scanning = true;
8076 else
8077 @{
8078 driver.parse (*argv);
8079 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
8080 @}
8081 @}
8082 @end example
8083
8084 @c ================================================= FAQ
8085
8086 @node FAQ
8087 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
8088 @cindex frequently asked questions
8089 @cindex questions
8090
8091 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
8092 are addressed.
8093
8094 @menu
8095 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
8096 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
8097 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
8098 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
8099 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
8100 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
8101 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
8102 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
8103 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
8104 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
8105 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
8106 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
8107 @end menu
8108
8109 @node Memory Exhausted
8110 @section Memory Exhausted
8111
8112 @display
8113 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
8114 message. What can I do?
8115 @end display
8116
8117 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
8118 ,Recursive Rules}.
8119
8120 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
8121 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
8122
8123 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
8124 following typical questions:
8125
8126 @display
8127 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
8128 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
8129 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
8130 @end display
8131
8132 @noindent
8133 or
8134
8135 @display
8136 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
8137 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
8138 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
8139 @end display
8140
8141 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
8142 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
8143 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
8144 demonstration, consider the following source file,
8145 @file{first-line.l}:
8146
8147 @verbatim
8148 %{
8149 #include <stdio.h>
8150 #include <stdlib.h>
8151 %}
8152 %%
8153 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
8154 %%
8155 int
8156 yyparse (char const *file)
8157 {
8158 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
8159 if (!yyin)
8160 exit (2);
8161 /* One token only. */
8162 yylex ();
8163 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
8164 exit (3);
8165 return 0;
8166 }
8167
8168 int
8169 main (void)
8170 {
8171 yyparse ("input");
8172 yyparse ("input");
8173 return 0;
8174 }
8175 @end verbatim
8176
8177 @noindent
8178 If the file @file{input} contains
8179
8180 @verbatim
8181 input:1: Hello,
8182 input:2: World!
8183 @end verbatim
8184
8185 @noindent
8186 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
8187
8188 @example
8189 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
8190 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
8191 $ @kbd{./first-line}
8192 input:1: Hello,
8193 input:2: World!
8194 @end example
8195
8196 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
8197 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
8198 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
8199 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
8200 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
8201 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
8202 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
8203 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
8204 input buffers.
8205
8206 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
8207 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
8208 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
8209 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
8210
8211 @node Strings are Destroyed
8212 @section Strings are Destroyed
8213
8214 @display
8215 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
8216 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
8217 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
8218 @end display
8219
8220 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
8221 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
8222 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
8223
8224 @verbatim
8225 %{
8226 #include <stdio.h>
8227 char *yylval = NULL;
8228 %}
8229 %%
8230 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
8231 \n /* IGNORE */
8232 %%
8233 int
8234 main ()
8235 {
8236 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
8237 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
8238 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
8239 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
8240 return 0;
8241 }
8242 @end verbatim
8243
8244 If you compile and run this code, you get:
8245
8246 @example
8247 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
8248 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
8249 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
8250 "one
8251 two", "two"
8252 @end example
8253
8254 @noindent
8255 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
8256 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
8257 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
8258 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
8259 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
8260 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
8261
8262 @example
8263 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
8264 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
8265 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
8266 "two", "two"
8267 @end example
8268
8269
8270 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
8271 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
8272
8273 @display
8274 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
8275 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
8276 @end display
8277
8278 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
8279 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
8280 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
8281 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
8282 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
8283 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
8284 execute simple instructions one after the others.
8285
8286 @cindex abstract syntax tree
8287 @cindex @acronym{AST}
8288 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
8289 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
8290 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
8291 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
8292 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
8293 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
8294 compiler.
8295
8296 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
8297 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
8298
8299
8300 @node Multiple start-symbols
8301 @section Multiple start-symbols
8302
8303 @display
8304 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
8305 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
8306 multiple entry points.
8307 @end display
8308
8309 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
8310 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
8311 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
8312 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
8313 real start-symbol:
8314
8315 @example
8316 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
8317 %start start;
8318 start: START_FOO foo
8319 | START_BAR bar;
8320 @end example
8321
8322 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
8323 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
8324
8325 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
8326 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
8327 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
8328 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
8329 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
8330 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
8331 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
8332 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
8333
8334 @example
8335 /* @r{Prologue.} */
8336 %%
8337 %@{
8338 if (start_token)
8339 @{
8340 int t = start_token;
8341 start_token = 0;
8342 return t;
8343 @}
8344 %@}
8345 /* @r{The rules.} */
8346 @end example
8347
8348
8349 @node Secure? Conform?
8350 @section Secure? Conform?
8351
8352 @display
8353 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
8354 @end display
8355
8356 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
8357 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
8358 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
8359 please send us a bug report.
8360
8361 @node I can't build Bison
8362 @section I can't build Bison
8363
8364 @display
8365 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
8366 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
8367 What should I do?
8368 @end display
8369
8370 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
8371 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
8372 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
8373 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
8374 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
8375 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
8376 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
8377
8378
8379 @node Where can I find help?
8380 @section Where can I find help?
8381
8382 @display
8383 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
8384 @end display
8385
8386 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
8387 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
8388 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
8389 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
8390 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
8391 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
8392 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
8393 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
8394 hearts.
8395
8396 @node Bug Reports
8397 @section Bug Reports
8398
8399 @display
8400 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
8401 @end display
8402
8403 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
8404 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
8405 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
8406 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
8407 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
8408
8409 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
8410 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
8411 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
8412 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
8413 easier it will be to fix the bug.
8414
8415 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
8416 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
8417 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
8418 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
8419 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
8420 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
8421
8422 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
8423 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
8424
8425 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
8426
8427 @node Other Languages
8428 @section Other Languages
8429
8430 @display
8431 Will Bison ever have C++ support? How about Java or @var{insert your
8432 favorite language here}?
8433 @end display
8434
8435 C++ support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
8436 languages; contributions are welcome.
8437
8438 @node Beta Testing
8439 @section Beta Testing
8440
8441 @display
8442 What is involved in being a beta tester?
8443 @end display
8444
8445 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
8446 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
8447 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
8448 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
8449 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
8450 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
8451 essentially halted.
8452
8453 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
8454 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
8455 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
8456 systems are especially welcome.
8457
8458 @node Mailing Lists
8459 @section Mailing Lists
8460
8461 @display
8462 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
8463 @end display
8464
8465 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
8466
8467 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
8468
8469 @node Table of Symbols
8470 @appendix Bison Symbols
8471 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
8472 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
8473
8474 @deffn {Variable} @@$
8475 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
8476 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8477 @end deffn
8478
8479 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
8480 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
8481 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8482 @end deffn
8483
8484 @deffn {Variable} $$
8485 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
8486 @xref{Actions}.
8487 @end deffn
8488
8489 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
8490 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
8491 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
8492 @end deffn
8493
8494 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
8495 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
8496 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
8497 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
8498 @end deffn
8499
8500 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
8501 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
8502 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
8503 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
8504 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
8505 Grammar}.
8506 @end deffn
8507
8508 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
8509 Comment delimiters, as in C.
8510 @end deffn
8511
8512 @deffn {Delimiter} :
8513 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
8514 Grammar Rules}.
8515 @end deffn
8516
8517 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
8518 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8519 @end deffn
8520
8521 @deffn {Delimiter} |
8522 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
8523 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8524 @end deffn
8525
8526 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
8527 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
8528 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
8529 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
8530 @end deffn
8531
8532 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
8533 Other than semantic actions, this is probably the most common place you should
8534 write verbatim code for the parser implementation.
8535 For C/C++, it replaces the traditional Yacc prologue,
8536 @code{%@{@var{code}%@}}, for most purposes.
8537 For Java, it inserts code into the parser class.
8538
8539 @cindex Prologue
8540 @findex %union
8541 Compare with @code{%@{@var{code}%@}} (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue})
8542 appearing after the first @code{%union @{@var{code}@}} in a C/C++ based grammar
8543 file.
8544 While Bison will continue to support @code{%@{@var{code}%@}} for backward
8545 compatibility, @code{%code @{@var{code}@}} is cleaner as its functionality does
8546 not depend on its position in the grammar file relative to any
8547 @code{%union @{@var{code}@}}.
8548 Specifically, @code{%code @{@var{code}@}} always inserts your @var{code} into
8549 the parser code file after the usual contents of the parser header file.
8550
8551 @xref{Prologue Alternatives}.
8552 @end deffn
8553
8554 @deffn {Directive} %code-top @{@var{code}@}
8555 Occasionally for C/C++ it is desirable to insert code near the top of the
8556 parser code file.
8557 For example:
8558
8559 @smallexample
8560 %code-top @{
8561 #define _GNU_SOURCE
8562 #include <stdio.h>
8563 @}
8564 @end smallexample
8565
8566 @noindent
8567 For Java, @code{%code-top @{@var{code}@}} is currently unused.
8568
8569 @cindex Prologue
8570 @findex %union
8571 Compare with @code{%@{@var{code}%@}} appearing before the first
8572 @code{%union @{@var{code}@}} in a C/C++ based grammar file.
8573 @code{%code-top @{@var{code}@}} is cleaner as its functionality does not depend
8574 on its position in the grammar file relative to any
8575 @code{%union @{@var{code}@}}.
8576
8577 @xref{Prologue Alternatives}.
8578 @end deffn
8579
8580 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8581 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8582 @end deffn
8583
8584 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8585 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8586 @end deffn
8587
8588 @ifset defaultprec
8589 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
8590 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8591 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8592 Precedence}.
8593 @end deffn
8594 @end ifset
8595
8596 @deffn {Directive} %defines
8597 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
8598 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8599 @end deffn
8600
8601 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
8602 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
8603 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8604 @end deffn
8605
8606 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
8607 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
8608 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
8609 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8610 @end deffn
8611
8612 @deffn {Symbol} $end
8613 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
8614 used in the grammar.
8615 @end deffn
8616
8617 @deffn {Symbol} error
8618 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
8619 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
8620 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
8621 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
8622 token @code{error} becomes the current lookahead token. Actions
8623 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the lookahead
8624 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
8625 @xref{Error Recovery}.
8626 @end deffn
8627
8628 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
8629 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
8630 when @code{yyerror} is called.
8631 @end deffn
8632
8633 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8634 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8635 Summary}.
8636 @end deffn
8637
8638 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8639 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8640 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8641 @end deffn
8642
8643 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8644 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8645 @end deffn
8646
8647 @deffn {Directive} %left
8648 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8649 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8650 @end deffn
8651
8652 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8653 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8654 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8655 for Pure Parsers}.
8656 @end deffn
8657
8658 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8659 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8660 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8661 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8662 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8663 @end deffn
8664
8665 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8666 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8667 @end deffn
8668
8669 @ifset defaultprec
8670 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8671 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8672 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8673 Precedence}.
8674 @end deffn
8675 @end ifset
8676
8677 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8678 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8679 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8680 @end deffn
8681
8682 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8683 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8684 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8685 @end deffn
8686
8687 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
8688 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8689 Summary}.
8690 @end deffn
8691
8692 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8693 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8694 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8695 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8696 @end deffn
8697
8698 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8699 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8700 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8701 @end deffn
8702
8703 @deffn {Directive} %provides @{@var{code}@}
8704 This is the right place to write additional definitions you would like Bison to
8705 expose externally.
8706 For C/C++, this directive inserts your @var{code} both into the parser header
8707 file (if generated; @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) and into the parser
8708 code file after Bison's required definitions.
8709 For Java, it inserts your @var{code} into the parser java file after the parser
8710 class.
8711
8712 @xref{Prologue Alternatives}.
8713 @end deffn
8714
8715 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8716 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8717 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8718 @end deffn
8719
8720 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8721 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8722 Require a Version of Bison}.
8723 @end deffn
8724
8725 @deffn {Directive} %requires @{@var{code}@}
8726 This is the right place to write dependency code for externally exposed
8727 definitions required by Bison.
8728 For C/C++, such exposed definitions are those usually appearing in the parser
8729 header file.
8730 Thus, this is the right place to define types referenced in
8731 @code{%union @{@var{code}@}} directives, and it is the right place to override
8732 Bison's default @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE} definitions.
8733 For Java, this is the right place to write import directives.
8734
8735 @cindex Prologue
8736 @findex %union
8737 Compare with @code{%@{@var{code}%@}} (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue})
8738 appearing before the first @code{%union @{@var{code}@}} in a C/C++ based
8739 grammar file.
8740 Unlike @code{%@{@var{code}%@}}, @code{%requires @{@var{code}@}} inserts your
8741 @var{code} both into the parser code file and into the parser header file (if
8742 generated; @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) since Bison's required
8743 definitions should depend on it in both places.
8744
8745 @xref{Prologue Alternatives}.
8746 @end deffn
8747
8748 @deffn {Directive} %right
8749 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8750 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8751 @end deffn
8752
8753 @deffn {Directive} %start
8754 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8755 Start-Symbol}.
8756 @end deffn
8757
8758 @deffn {Directive} %symbol-default
8759 Used to declare a default @code{%destructor} or default @code{%printer}.
8760 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8761 @end deffn
8762
8763 @deffn {Directive} %token
8764 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8765 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8766 @end deffn
8767
8768 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8769 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8770 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8771 @end deffn
8772
8773 @deffn {Directive} %type
8774 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8775 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8776 @end deffn
8777
8778 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8779 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8780 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8781 @code{error}.
8782 @end deffn
8783
8784 @deffn {Directive} %union
8785 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8786 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8787 @end deffn
8788
8789 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8790 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8791 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8792 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8793 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8794 @end deffn
8795
8796 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8797 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8798 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8799 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8800 @end deffn
8801
8802 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8803 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a lookahead
8804 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8805 @end deffn
8806
8807 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8808 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8809 lookahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8810 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8811 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8812 @end deffn
8813
8814 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8815 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8816 lookahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8817 @end deffn
8818
8819 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8820 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8821 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8822 @end deffn
8823
8824 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8825 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8826 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8827 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8828 @end deffn
8829
8830 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8831 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8832 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8833 @end deffn
8834
8835 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8836 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8837 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8838 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8839 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8840 @end deffn
8841
8842 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8843 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8844 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8845 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8846 @end deffn
8847
8848 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8849 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8850 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8851 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8852 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8853 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8854 @end deffn
8855
8856 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8857 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8858 @xref{Memory Management}.
8859 @end deffn
8860
8861 @deffn {Function} yylex
8862 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8863 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8864 @code{yylex}}.
8865 @end deffn
8866
8867 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8868 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8869 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
8870 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8871 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8872 @end deffn
8873
8874 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8875 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8876 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8877 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8878 @code{yylex}.)
8879 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
8880 grammar actions.
8881 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8882 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the lookahead token.
8883 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
8884 @end deffn
8885
8886 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8887 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8888 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8889 @end deffn
8890
8891 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8892 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8893 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8894 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8895 @code{yylex}.)
8896 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8897 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the lookahead token.
8898 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
8899 @end deffn
8900
8901 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8902 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8903 Management}.
8904 @end deffn
8905
8906 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8907 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8908 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8909 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8910 @end deffn
8911
8912 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8913 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8914 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8915 @end deffn
8916
8917 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8918 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8919 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8920 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8921 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8922 @end deffn
8923
8924 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8925 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
8926 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
8927 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8928 @end deffn
8929
8930 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8931 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8932 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8933 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8934 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8935 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8936 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8937
8938 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8939 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8940 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8941 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8942 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8943 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8944 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8945 @end deffn
8946
8947 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8948 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8949 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8950 @end deffn
8951
8952 @node Glossary
8953 @appendix Glossary
8954 @cindex glossary
8955
8956 @table @asis
8957 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8958 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8959 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8960 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8961 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8962
8963 @item Context-free grammars
8964 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8965 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8966 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8967 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8968 Grammars}.
8969
8970 @item Dynamic allocation
8971 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8972 compile time or on entry to a function.
8973
8974 @item Empty string
8975 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8976 character string of length zero.
8977
8978 @item Finite-state stack machine
8979 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8980 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8981 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8982 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8983 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8984 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8985
8986 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8987 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8988 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8989 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8990 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8991 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8992 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8993 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8994
8995 @item Grouping
8996 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8997 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8998 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8999
9000 @item Infix operator
9001 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
9002 performs some operation.
9003
9004 @item Input stream
9005 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
9006
9007 @item Language construct
9008 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
9009 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
9010 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9011
9012 @item Left associativity
9013 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
9014 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
9015 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
9016
9017 @item Left recursion
9018 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
9019 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
9020 Rules}.
9021
9022 @item Left-to-right parsing
9023 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
9024 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9025
9026 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
9027 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
9028 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
9029
9030 @item Lexical tie-in
9031 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
9032 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
9033
9034 @item Literal string token
9035 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
9036
9037 @item Lookahead token
9038 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead
9039 Tokens}.
9040
9041 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
9042 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
9043 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
9044 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
9045
9046 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
9047 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
9048 lookahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
9049
9050 @item Nonterminal symbol
9051 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
9052 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
9053 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
9054
9055 @item Parser
9056 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
9057 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
9058 analyzer.
9059
9060 @item Postfix operator
9061 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
9062 performs some operation.
9063
9064 @item Reduction
9065 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
9066 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
9067 Parser Algorithm}.
9068
9069 @item Reentrant
9070 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
9071 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
9072 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
9073
9074 @item Reverse polish notation
9075 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
9076
9077 @item Right recursion
9078 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
9079 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
9080 Rules}.
9081
9082 @item Semantics
9083 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
9084 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
9085 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
9086
9087 @item Shift
9088 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
9089 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
9090 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9091
9092 @item Single-character literal
9093 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
9094 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
9095
9096 @item Start symbol
9097 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
9098 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
9099 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
9100 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
9101
9102 @item Symbol table
9103 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
9104 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
9105 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
9106
9107 @item Syntax error
9108 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
9109 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9110
9111 @item Token
9112 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
9113 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
9114 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
9115 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
9116
9117 @item Terminal symbol
9118 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
9119 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
9120 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9121 @end table
9122
9123 @node Copying This Manual
9124 @appendix Copying This Manual
9125
9126 @menu
9127 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
9128 @end menu
9129
9130 @include fdl.texi
9131
9132 @node Index
9133 @unnumbered Index
9134
9135 @printindex cp
9136
9137 @bye
9138
9139 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
9140 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
9141 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
9142 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
9143 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
9144 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
9145 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
9146 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
9147 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
9148 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
9149 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
9150 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
9151 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
9152 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
9153 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
9154 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
9155 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
9156 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
9157 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
9158 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
9159 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
9160 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
9161 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
9162 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm notype
9163 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
9164 @c LocalWords: infile ypp yxx outfile itemx tex leaderfill
9165 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
9166 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
9167 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex